Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 271

TOTAL FACTOR PRODUCTIVITY OF PAKISTAN’S KNITTED

GARMENT INDUSTRY AND ITS DETERMINANTS

A thesis submitted to The University of Manchester for the degree of

MPhil

in the Faculty of Engineering and Physical Sciences

2008

Muhammed Mushtaq Ahmed Mangat

School of Materials
2

Table of Contents

Abstract 10

Declaration 11

Copyright 11

Chapter One

Introduction 14-38

1.1 Productivity: An Everlasting Concept 14

1.2 Productivity Implications and Current Era 16

1.3 Productivity Measurements and its Significance 18

1.4 Pakistan Textile Industry and Productivity 20

1.5 Structure of Pakistan Knitted Garment Industry 30

1.6 Research Problem 32

1.7 Research Justification 33

1.8 Study Objectives 34

1.9 Scope of the Research 35

1.10 Type of Research 35

1.11 Research Methodology 35

1.12 Contribution of Study 37

1.13 Outline of the Thesis 37

Chapter Two

Total Factor Productivity: An Overview 38-142

2.1 Historical Perspective and Emergence of Productivity Movement 38

2.2 Productivity: a Multi Dimensional Term 51


3

2.3 Distinction and Interdependence of Productivity, Profitability, Performance,

Efficiency, Effectiveness 57

2.3.1 Productivity and Profitability 58

2.3.2 Performance, Efficiency, and Effectiveness 60

2.4 Theory and Emergence of Production Function: Foundation of TFP 62

2.5 Total Factor Productivity: a Discrete Concept 72

2.6 A Critical View of Production Function and TFP 76

2.7 Significance of TFP in Economic Perspective 81

2.8 Sources of TFP Growth 84

2.9 TFP and Industrial Engineers/ Business Managers 90

2.10 Productivity Measuring Approaches and Their Assumptions 96

2.11 Productivity Measurement and Its Classification 99

2.12 TFP at Firm Level: Evidence from Empirical Studies 123

2.13 Summary of TFP Review 139

Chapter Three

Data Collection and Research Methodology 143-171

3.1 Research Methods 144

3.2 Quantitative and Qualitative Data 144

3.3 Validity of Data Set 149

3.4 TFP Measuring Model 150

3.5 Selection of Determinants Affecting TFP of PKGI 155

3.6 Population and Sampling 160

3.7 Classification of PKGI 161


4

3.8 Correlation and Regression 161

3.9 Measurement of Correlation 162

3.10 Regression Analysis 164

3.11 Regression Coefficient and Regression Equation 165

3.12 Prediction and Prediction Errors 166

3.13 The Pitfalls and Limitations of Regression 167

3.14 Unequal Variability 167

3.15 Determining the Linear Regression Equation 168

3.16 Hypothesis Testing 169

3.17 Selection of Software for Statistical Analysis 169

3.18 Conclusion 170

Chapter Four

Data Analysis and Results 172-229

4.1 Profile of PKGI 173

4.2 Data Summarisation of PKGI 176

4.3 TFP of PKGI and Its Comparison 179

4.4 Hypotheses Testing 187

4.4.1 Assumptions for t-test 187

4.4.2 Mean Difference in TFP of Horizontal and Vertical Firms 188

4.4.3 Test of Mean of TFP at Aggregated Level 190

4.4.4 Test of Mean of TFP of Horizontal and Vertical Firms 191

4. 5 Correlation Test between TFP and Seven Independent Variables 195

4.6 Regression Analysis Assumptions (Vertical and Horizontal Firms) 200


5

4.6.1 Linearity and Data of Horizontal Firms 202

4.6.2 Linearity and Data of Vertical Firms 206

4.6.3 Data Normality (Horizontal and Vertical Firms) 210

4.6.4 Homoscedasticity Assumption 212

4.7 Weighted Least Squares Regression 214

4.7.1 Weighted Least Squares Regression (Horizontal Firms) 217

4.7.2 WLS Regression Equation (Horizontal Firms) 222

4.7.3 Weighted Least Squares Regression (Vertical Firms) 222

4.7.4 WLS Regression Equation (Vertical Firms) 226

4.8 Initial Conclusion from Results 227

Chapter Five

Conclusions and Recommendations 230-248

5.1 Pakistan Textile Industry: An Overview 230

5.2 Productivity and Performance 231

5.3 Selection of Independent Variables and Data Collection 231

5.4 Level of TFP of PKGI and Its Ranking 234

5.5 Hypothesis Testing 236

5.6 Correlation between TFP and Its Determinants 238

5.7 Contribution of Independent Variables in Variance of Dependent Variable 238

5.8 Regression Equation and Determinants Affecting TFP of PKGI (Horizontal

and Vertical Firms) 240

5.9 Suggestions and Recommendations 244

5.10 Limitations of the Study 247


6

5.11 Further Study 248

References 249

Appendix: 1 Data of Horizontal Firms 267

Appendix: 2 Data of Vertical Firms 268

Appendix: 3 Questionnaire 269


7

List of Tables

Table No. Description

1.1 Contribution of Pakistani Textile Industry to the Economy 24

(2004-5)

1.2 Share Percentage in World Clothing Exports and Ranking in Top 26

Clothing Exporting Countries

1.3 Growth Rate of Textile Related Commodities in Total Export from 27

Pakistan

2.1 Journey of Productivity Awareness in a Chronological Order 50

2.2 Chronological Order of Productivity Definition 56

4.1 Frequency of Firms Based on Type and Location (Population) 175

4.2 Frequency of Firms Based on Type and Location (Sample) 175

4.3 Descriptive Statistics of Dependent Variables 179

4.4 TFP of PKGI (at aggregate and disaggregate level) and Major 184

Industries of Pakistan

4.5 Independent t test Group Statistics 189

4.6 Independent t test Significance Values 189

4.7 One Sample t test Group Statistics (at Aggregated Level) 191

4.8 One Sample t test Significance Values (at Aggregated Level) 191

4.9 One Sample t test Group Statistics (Horizontal and Vertical Firms) 193

4.10 One Sample t test Significance Values (Horizontal and Vertical 194

Firms)

4.11 Correlation Matrix among Seven Independent Variables 197


8

(Horizontal Firms)

4.12 Correlation Matrix among Seven Independent Variables (Vertical 198

Firms)

4.13 Test of Normality of Data (Horizontal and Vertical) 211

4.14 Test of Homogeneity of Variances for Horizontal Firms 213

4.15 Robust Tests of Equality of Means for Horizontal Firms 213

4.16 Test of Homogeneity of Variances for Vertical Firms 213

4.17 Robust Tests of Equality of Means for Vertical Firms 214

4.18 Regression Analysis Model Summary (Horizontal Firms) 218

4.19 ANOVA Regression Analysis (Horizontal Firms) 218

4.20 Coefficients Regression Analysis (Horizontal Firms) 219

4.21 Regression Analysis Model Summary (Vertical Firms) 223

4.22 ANOVA Regression Analysis (Vertical Firms) 223

4.23 Coefficients Regression Analysis (Vertical Firms) 224


9

List of Figures

Figure No Description
4.1 Distribution of TFP (Horizontal Firms) 185
4.2 Distribution of TFP (Vertical Firms) 185
4.3 Distribution of TFP (At Aggregated Level) 186
4.4 Distribution of TFP (Manufacturing Sector Pakistan) 186
4.5 TFP and Share % of Labour Expenses in Total Cost (Horizontal 202
Firms)
4.6 TFP and Share (%) of Financial Expenses in Total Cost 202
(Horizontal Firms)
4.7 TFP and Share (%) of Fashion Goods in Total Production 202
(Horizontal Firms)
4.8 TFP and USA Market Share in Total Exports (Horizontal Firms) 204
4.9 TFP and Average FOB Price in US $ (Horizontal Firms) 204
4.10 TFP and Number of Stitching Machines (Horizontal Firms) 205
4.11 TFP and Sale Value in Million US $ (Horizontal Firms) 205
4.12 TFP and Share % of Labour Expenses in Total Cost (Vertical 207
Firms)
4.13 TFP and Share (%) of Financial Expenses in Total Cost (Vertical 207
Firms)
4.14 TFP and Share (%) of Fashion Goods in Total Production (Vertical 208
Firms)
4.15 TFP and USA Market Share in Total Exports (Vertical Firms) 208
4.16 TFP and Average FOB Price in US $ (Vertical Firms) 209
4.17 TFP and Number of Stitching Machines (Vertical Firms) 209
4.18 TFP and Sale Value in Million US $ (Vertical Firms) 210
Total Word Count: 61174
10

ABSTRACT

This study measures the Total Factor Productivity level of Pakistan‘s Knitted Garment

Industry, which is one of the most significant segments of the Pakistan Textile Industry. Data

covering financial and production variables were collected from government offices and through

an exploratory survey. The data were analysed with the help of SPSS software. This analysis

confirmed that the Total Factor Productivity of Pakistan‘s Knitted Garment Industry is

comparatively low. The current study attempts to assess the impact of seven different factors on

Total Factor Productivity. The significance of these factors was assessed with the help of

regression models. The analysis showed that some of selected variables have a direct relationship

with Total Factor Productivity. However, it is presumed that there are certain factors, particularly

factors covering qualitative areas of the industry, which might have a significant relationship but

are missing. Nevertheless, this study accomplishes one of its main objectives of providing a

theoretical framework through which to make the industry highly competitive. It is proposed,

however, that there is a need of another in-depth study to diagnose the relationship between Total

Factor Productivity and any factors missing from the current analysis.
11

DECLARATION

I declare that no portion of the work referred to in this report has been submitted in

support of an application for another degree or qualification at this or any other university or

institution of learning.

COPYRIGHT STATEMENT

i. The author of this thesis (including any appendices and/or schedules to this thesis)

owns any copyright in it (the ―Copyright‖) and s/he has given The University of

Manchester the right to use such Copyright for any administrative, promotional,

educational and/or teaching purposes.

ii. Copies of this thesis, either in full or in extracts, may be made only in accordance

with the regulations of the John Rylands University Library of Manchester.

Details of these regulations may be obtained from the Librarian. This page must

form part of any such copies made.

iii. The ownership of any patents, designs, trademarks and any and all other

intellectual property rights except for the Copyright (the ―Intellectual Property

Rights‖) and any reproductions of copyright works, for example graphs and tables

(―Reproductions‖), which may be described in this thesis, may not be owned by

the author and may be owned by third parties. Such Intellectual Property Rights

and Reproductions cannot and must not be made available for use without the

prior written permission of the owner(s) of the relevant Intellectual Property

Rights and/or Reproductions.

iv. Further information on the conditions under which disclosure, publication and

exploitation of this thesis, the Copyright and any Intellectual Property Rights
12

and/or Reproductions described in it may take place is available from the Head of

School of (insert name of school) (or the Vice-President) and the Dean of the

Faculty of Life Sciences, for Faculty of Life Sciences‘ candidates.


13

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Particular and everlasting regards are owed to Professors Mr. Mike Bailey

Dr. Rukhsana Kaleem, Mr. Sajjad Tahir, Mr. Rehmatulla, Mr. M. Rashid and

Mr. Shahzad Ahmed, Mr. Ahmed Sidiqui, Mr. Ejaz Ahmed, Mr. Farooq Gillani, who instructed,

zealously encouraged, and helped in writing this investigative report. Many thanks go to the

Institute of Research Promotion, which offered its literature and helped to collect the required

data. In addition, many thanks to my mother, wife, and kids, who are a symbol of life and hope

and who stood side by side to furnish their consistent support throughout this period.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

The author of this report earned a degree in textile engineering in 1981 from the

University of Engineering and Technology (UET) in Lahore, Pakistan. He received his Masters

Degree in Business Administration in 2001 from Hamdard University in Karachi, Pakistan. He

has worked in the textile industry for 27 years, spending most of his time on the manufacturing

and marketing of textile products, particularly apparels and textile auxiliaries. Lately, he has

been performing his duties as an assistant professor at the University of Management and

Technology (formally Institute of Leadership and Management) in Lahore. Additionally, he is

director of the Textile Productivity Centre, which plays an outstanding role in adding

improvements to the productivity of Pakistan‘s textile industry. He has 16 years of experience

teaching graduate students.


Chapter One: Introduction 14

CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION

Globalization, a new phenomenon in today's world, is one of the main factors that

have emphasized the importance of productivity in modern business and economics.

Scarcity of resources, global competition, environmental awareness, high levels of

pollution, transitions in production processes, and time factors in business games have led

the emphasis on productivity in several disciplines. As a result, the debate over

productivity has taken place not only in production houses of manufacturing systems but

in social enterprises, behaviour science, and daily life. In this context, academic scholars

have introduced abundant concepts, new ideas, novel approaches, and new applications

based on socioeconomic factors (Kamimura, Bodeutsch, and Gayton, 1999; Sink, 1985;

Sumanth, 1998).

1.1 Productivity: An Everlasting Concept

Productivity received attention even in olden days, when most human beings used

fire for their work. Stones were an essential element for a cave man on the hunt.

Similarly, if one looks at developments in car manufacturing, he or she will come across

the same idea. Presently, every car-manufacturing firm is adopting modern technology to

engineer more miles from the fewest units of fuel. It seems that productivity is a universal

concept and a ubiquitous term, as concluded by Sink (1985). This is proved by the

earliest known records, which recorded year-to-year crop levels. What's more, regions,

nations, and states with higher productivity were more powerful and capable of

leadership. Such states, regions, villages, and cities were rich economically (Brinkerhoff

and Dressler, 1990; Sink, 1985). Competition always finds its place among rivals to
Chapter One: Introduction 15

increase productivity. History bears out several interesting stories of wars and the

movement of tribes from one region to other, all in the name of better productivity. The

run through has become more vital in the modern era where different firms, companies,

brands go all-out to enclose higher productivity growth. These companies transfer their

manufacturing units from one country to other. A good example of this is the migration

of Western companies to developing countries, where they ensure better and less costly

production facilities. The particular purpose of all this is to increase productivity and

compete in global markets. Chen, Liaw and Yeong (2001) write about the economic

growth in China and in Far East Asian countries, concluding that the remarkable growth

is a result of many factors, the most significant of which is productivity growth. Chen et

al further indicated that foreign investment has a major role in the development of China

and that the attraction of foreign investment in China is mainly because of better returns

on investment, which is the result of high labour and capital productivity in China.

Economic literature includes productivity definitions and concepts. People have

different viewpoints on it. In the beginning, the literature was inclined towards labour

productivity, followed by capital productivity. Now the focus is on total factor

productivity. The attention to productivity caused many changes both in business

practices and in environment. Now green productivity emerging from green movements

and the efforts of the Asian Productivity Organization and United Nations is an example

of its significance. A very common definition of productivity, however, is the ratio of

output to input. This may be partial, multifactor, or total factor productivity (OECD,

2005; Sink, 1985; Sumanth, 1998). Like many terms in business management literature,

at first it seems difficult to reach a consensus on the definition of productivity.


Chapter One: Introduction 16

Nevertheless, it seems there is disparity in words but there is a consistent theme when it

comes to definitions of productivity.

Productivity and production function are well integrated. Production function

explains how the inputs are converted into output. Economists have taken keen interest in

production function since the industrial era. Many authors have put forward theories of

production function and total factor productivity (TFP). As described by Humphrey

(1997), at least 18 economists hailing from seven countries either presented or reported

production function over a span of 160 years. All this was done before the famous

production function that was presented by Cobb-Douglas in 1927. Even after Cobb-

Douglas, several economists have presented production function models. These models

are used to measure productivity and TFP. On the other hand, economic literature

presents numerous models developed by business and industrial managers to measure

partial, multifactor, and TFP (see Section 2.1 for more details).

1.2 Productivity Implications and Current Era

Ali (1978) wrote that productivity implications continue to change with the

passage of time, but in the modern era, productivity‘s importance is somewhat high in

comparison with the past. Ali writes, "The recognition of productivity came later, as late

as the 40s when Rostas published his famous study about productivity in British and

American industries" (p. 9). Mahoney (1998) linked the existing industrial period and

productivity, writing, ―Every age has its slogans and energizing concepts. Among other

concepts, concern for productivity has characterised much of the current decade‖ ( p.

13).
Chapter One: Introduction 17

The values of resources used for any output classify the behaviour of individuals

towards its utilization. Productivity becomes a crucial issue when there is a lack of

meaningful resources. The most relevant example in this regard is the invention of new

automotive technology, which has reduced oil consumption. Continued development of

this technology helps to lower unaffordable prices of oil. It supports the statement given

by Mahoney, who said that the current era focuses on better utilizations of resources than

in the past. ―In Japan, productivity (seisansei) marched into public awareness in 1955,

since then, physical productivity of direct labour made out in manufacturing and its

auxiliary industries‖ (Taira, 1998, p. 40). After World War II, Japan embarked on its

activities in the industrial field and set up productivity centres. It is common knowledge

that Japan could not have made such an impressive performance without the concept of

high productivity.

Murugesh, Devadasan, and Natarajan (1997) commented on the changes in

business practices and essential requirements of the industrial era. According to

Murugesh et al., after the 1980s, a wide-ranging upsurge occurred in the production of

different concepts and philosophies related to productivity. Indeed, the industrial world

witnessed the emergence of technologies and managerial philosophies because of

increased competition. For the most part, this trend has gone unmatched over the last 20

years.

According to Mittal (2002), use of the most up-to-date technologies in business

radically improves productivity, and this is a vital factor in the surge in productivity

awareness. Savery (1998) pointed out the significance of productivity in the current

business environment. Savery explains that the battle cry of the 1980s and 1990s was a
Chapter One: Introduction 18

for multiplying the productivity of business organizations. This movement certainly

endured in the early 21st century. It becomes a key point when resources are limited,

especially with a deeper concern about environmental impact, high competition in the

market, application of free trade agreements, continuing technological improvements, the

use of information technology, and other factors such as cost of labour associated with

business practices.

1.3 Productivity Measurements and its Significance

The simplest definition of productivity measurement is the assessment, findings,

analysis, and gauging of the productivity of any firm, organisation, and industry, or the

whole economy of a country. Broken down, the primary meaning of productivity is a

ratio of output and input, but there are several definitions of productivity. According to

the Oxford Dictionary, ―measurement means to find the size, quantity, or degree of

something.‖ The word measurement is used here in the same sense. ―Productivity

measurement is defined as a set of management tools that are associated with the

assessment of organisation's productivity‖ (Hoque, 2000, p. 1278).

A sound understanding of the present-day productivity level is critical for

productivity enhancement. As discussed by Sumanth (1990), planning for improvement

of productivity is only possible when there is a solid knowledge available on the existing

productivity level. The impact of productivity measurement depends upon the business

environment. It becomes more decisive when there is always a want for resources, tough

and strict competition, rapid changes in business environment, and thin profit margins.
Chapter One: Introduction 19

According to Lord Kelvin (as cited in Ali, 1978), if one cannot measure and put

across a notion specifically, measurement or process in numbers, knowledge of the object

or process is of a very meagre and unsatisfactory nature. In this statement, measurement

means expressing any judgement numerically. If one cannot get across productivity

findings numerically, the knowledge is not sufficient. Drucker expressed his personal

opinions about productivity measurement in the following words, ―Without productivity

objectives, a business does not have direction. Without productivity measurement, a

business does not have control‖ (Parsons, 2000, p. 13).

Morris and Sink wrote that, ―Measurement fosters organizational learning when

management team becomes skilled at converting data to information and information to

knowledge‖ (Parsons, 2000, p. 13). It all favours the observation that productivity

measurement is one of the industrial management tools, particularly for monitoring,

controlling, and evaluating the performance of systems and employees. Accordingly, it is

apparent that measurement is a process that converts ideas, observations, and assessments

into some understandable numbers, so that one can make an informed judgement about

the observations. Russell said (as cited in Ali, 1978), that measurement is, in the most

general sense, any method by which a unique and reciprocal correspondence is

established between all or some of the magnitudes of kind and all or some of the numbers

— integral, rational, or real, as the case may be. If you cannot measure it, you cannot

improve it. ―The ultimate goal of productivity improvement as a driving force of

economic development is to improve the quality of life of the people‖ (Prokopenko,

1999, p. 5).
Chapter One: Introduction 20

Bernolak (1980) stated that the objective of productivity measurement is to find

how to produce output of desired goods and services within the minimum quantity of

human and physical resources. The measurement of output is the first major element in

productivity analysis. Therefore, it is evident that productivity measurement is a basic

necessity for the applicable analysis of productivity. No one can make useful comments

on the utilization of resources without analysing productivity (see Section 2.7 for more

details).

In the above paragraphs, there is a general discussion about the significance of

productivity and its implications in current era. In the following lines, there is a brief

discussion about productivity and its link with Pakistan‘s Textile Industry. This

discussion will help understanding the justification of this research.

1.4 Pakistan Textile Industry and Productivity

Pakistan came into being in 1947 and at that crucial time, the Pakistani economy

largely depended upon agriculture. As mentioned by Husain (2002), many large

industries were located in the geographic areas that became India after Partition.

However, considerable structural changes in the economy took place over the later part of

the 20th century. Husain wrote:

In 1950, agriculture production was 60% of the total GDP and 82% people were

living in rural areas and share of manufacturers merchandise in exports was zero,

while in 1996, agriculture had 26 % share in total GDP and manufactured goods

had 84% share in total exports from Pakistan. Pakistan was agrarian and large

dependence was on cotton, rice, jute, and wheat production. (2002, p. 9)


Chapter One: Introduction 21

One can glimpse the active re-configuration of Pakistani economy during that period.

In fact, the textile industry is one of the oldest industries on the subcontinent, but

unfortunately, a huge range of textile mills were in the Indian part of the subcontinent as

reported by All Pakistan Textile Mills Association (APTMA, 2006). APTMA further

illustrated the situation of the textile industry in Pakistan in 1947, writing that at the time

of Partition (in 1947), there were only 78,000 spindles and 3,000 power looms in the area

that became part of Pakistan, while in 2005-2006, there were 10,437,000 spindles,

155,000 rotors and 4,000 shuttle less looms installed in Pakistan. Besides, in 1947, cotton

production was only 6.876 Million Kg, and there was no manmade fibre production in the

area.

During [the] 1950s there was a strong need to develop local industrial capacity for

development not relying much on agriculture. In order to develop local industries,

[the] government of Pakistan provided generous fiscal incentives, heavy

protections, preferential access to foreign exchange, allocation of imports of

capital goods, and credit at low interest rates. (Husain, 2002, p. 12)

During the last 60 years, the Pakistani government made specific and focused policies to

develop industries in order to increase the share of manufactured goods in export —

particularly the share of textile goods instead of non-manufactured goods exports. This

industrial development was all designed to meet the growing requirements of foreign

exchange needed to import goods. As a result, Pakistan‘s economy had more

manufacturing share in GDP as compare to agriculture, with an average annual GNP

growth of 9.6% manufacturing growth, and 2.8% agricultural growth during 1947 to

1958 (Husain, 2002). As per the APTMA report , in 1959-60, there were 1,582,000
Chapter One: Introduction 22

spindles working in Pakistan, whereas there were only 78,000 spindles in 1947. It shows

an almost twenty-fold increase in spinning capacity in a span of 13 years. One of the

basic reasons for this tremendous growth was the availability of cotton at affordable

prices, which was the main raw material for spinning industry during the 1960s.

APTMA further states that in 1947, cotton consumed by Pakistan‘s spinning

industry was only 6.876 Million Kg, while it was 201.18 Million Kg in 1959-60, a

virtually 30-fold increase in just 13 years. In addition to that, cotton consumed by

Pakistan spinning industry in 2002-03 was 1.943 Billion Kg, which was 281 fold more

than the domestic consumption of cotton in 1947. This clearly gives a picture of the

government's major focus to develop the textile industry rather than relying on

agriculture. There is also evidence that comes from annual growth rate of agriculture and

manufacturing sectors. According to Husain (2002), these growth rates were 2.8% and

9.6%, respectively, from 1947 to 1958.

APTMA explains that in 1971-72, cotton manufacturing was 38.8% of total

exports, while raw cotton was 33.9% of total exports. Nevertheless, in 2004-05, cotton-

manufacturing share had jumped to 60.1%, and raw cotton share had come to 0.76% of

the total exports. This trend clearly shows that policies framed by government of Pakistan

worked well, and ultimately succeeded in developing local industry. The dependence on

agriculture exports decreased, and the share of manufacturing goods increased from nil in

1947 to 84% in 1996 (Husain, 2002). It can be assumed that this all happened in

consequence of the favourable government policies.

In the 1980s, textile-importing countries, primarily the U.S., Canada, and

European countries imposed quota restriction on the imports of textile goods, particularly
Chapter One: Introduction 23

on apparels. This became one of the main obstacles for exporting countries, mostly for

Pakistan, which heavily relied on textile exports. The institution of the General

Agreement on Trade and Tariff (GATT) in 1994 embarked on a process of eliminating

non-tariff barriers. The Agreement on Textiles and Clothing (ATC) established the

necessary process for elimination of quotas on textile imports (SMEDA, 2000).

As discussed by Small Medium Enterprises Development Authority (SMEDA,

2000), during the quota regime, every country officially allowed exporting a certain

quantity of textile products to U.S.A, Canada, and European countries. The GATT

abolished quota-based import restrictions by U.S.A, EU, and Canada on Jan 01, 2005.

This agreement granted permission and liberty to exporters from any country to export

any quantity of textile goods to importing countries, implying a stern competition in

approaching years.

SMEDA states that during 1980s and 1990s, the government of Pakistan

supported its textile industry by providing rebates on exports to make industry

competitive in international markets. Currently, the government has taken back most of

its financial assistance to the textile and clothing industry. It is presumed that having no

financial boost by the government of Pakistan, only better productivity can gradually

assist exporters to become competitive in the international and local market. The

expected competition requires improved productivity in the textile sector, which is the

core industry of Pakistan. In the textile industry, the clothing sector is more crucial due to

its value addition and high employment potential. Pakistan‘s Knitted Garment Industry

(PKGI) is one of the major clothing sectors. The economy largely depends upon the
Chapter One: Introduction 24

performance of textile industry since it has a two-thirds share in total exports and one-

third share in total employment (see Table 1.1 for more details).

Table 1.1
Contribution of Pakistani textile industry to the economy (2004-2005)

Exports 62.1% of total exports (U.S. $10.211


Billion)

Manufacturing 46% of total manufacturing

Employment 38% of total labour force

GDP 8.5% of total GDP

Investment U.S. $ 0.771 Billion

Market Capitalization (Listed


Companies) 5.11% of total market capitalization

Source: APTMA (2006)

Under the World Trade Organization (WTO), when every country is needed to

phase out tariffs completely, the Pakistan textile industry (PTI) faces brutal competition.

This is most likely due to poor performance of this sector. A survey conducted by the

Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA), (as cited in SMEDA, 2000) supports

this observation. According to this detailed study, PTI is impeded by outdated production

facilities, low productivity, and high production costs because of the small scale of

operations. JICA made recommendations for all textile sub sectors (ginning, spinning,

weaving, wet processing, and clothing). Furthermore, JICA identified many problems

associated with Pakistan Textile Industry (PTI). As per the JICA report, there is a

significant flaw in government policies as well as in business practices in the textile

industry. Poor presentation is further supported by Sheikh, who said, ―There were many
Chapter One: Introduction 25

drawbacks on the part of the industry, such as internal weaknesses, structural imbalances,

technology gaps and neutralization of the incentives given by the government of

Pakistan‖ (Sheikh, 2001, p. 41). In addition, PTI is facing a severe shortfall of skilled

workers as well as trained and educated managers. JICA also pointed out ample lack of

research and development activities, in mills as well as at the government level. Despite

all the problems cited above, growth of PTI is high, but not satisfactory when put in

comparison to the growth rate of other regional countries (see Table 1.2).

It is clear from the data provided in Table 1.2 that several regional countries

performed better than Pakistan in 2005. In 1980, Bangladesh was not included in the list

of top 70 states ranked based on textile and clothing export values. Nevertheless, in 2005,

this country rose to the 10th position. This suggests that in an international scenario, the

performance of the Pakistani clothing industry had a declining trend when compared with

other major exporters in the region. On the other hand, if one views the performance of

the PTI in Pakistan, it looks quite outstanding. The gap between performance both at the

local and international level shows that there is a considerable room for improvement.

Table 1.3 shows growth of the Pakistan textile industry from 1971 to 2005.
Chapter One: Introduction 26

Table 1.2
Share Percentage in World Clothing Exports and Ranking in Top Clothing Exporting
Countries
1980 2005

Ranking Ranking
Among Among
Export Share in Clothing Export Share in Clothing
Value (U.S. World Exports Exporting Value (U.S. World Exports Exporting
Countries $ Millions) (%) Countries $ Millions) (%) Countries

Bangladesh 2 0.05 72 6,418 2.23 10

India 673 1.76 13 8,290 2.88 7

Pakistan 103 0.269 43 3,604 1.25 19

Sri Lanka 109 0.285 42 2,877 1.23 22

Source: WTO.org
Chapter One: Introduction 27

Table 1.3
Growth Rate of Textile Related Commodities in Total Export from Pakistan (Million
U.S.$)
Total Share in Total Share in Average
Exports Total Exports Total Growth
From Exports From Exports Rate In 33
Pakistan in in1971-72 Pakistan in 2004- Years (%)
1971-72 (%) in 2004- 2005
2005 (%)
Total Exports 590.70 14,391.00 10.16

Total Textile exports 429.50 72.80 8,834.00 61.39 9.60

Raw Cotton 200.50 33.98 110.00 0.76 -1.8

Yarn 127.50 21.61 1,450.00 10.08 7.65

Cotton and Blend Fabric 81.50 13.81 1,863.00 12.95 9.95

Tent & Canvas 1.90 0.32 67.00 0.47 11.40

Towels 6.10 1.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

Bed Wear 0.90 0.15 1,057.00 7.34 15.54

Other Made- Ups (including 1.20 0.20 986.00 6.85 22.55


towels)

Woven Garments 3.20 0.54 1,088.00 7.56 19.32

Knitted Garments 3.20 0.54 1,635.00 11.36 20.80

Other Textiles 4.20 0.39 578.00 4.02 16.09

Source: APTMA (2006)

The data provided in Table 1.3 supports several conclusions regarding exports of

a mixture of textile products:

1. The textile industry had a 72.8% share in total exports in 1971-72, which declined

to 61.39% in 2004-05. It shows the textile industry has failed to hold its

significant share in total exports of the country.

2. Raw cotton was a major export during 1971-72. It had a share of 33.98% of total

exports while its contribution came down to only 0.76% in 2004-05. This shows
Chapter One: Introduction 28

that the government policies promoted the establishment of a local industry that

converted this raw material into manufactured goods.

3. Share of cotton, yarn, and grey cotton cloth is trending downward in total exports.

Share of these items in total exports was higher in 1971-72 as in comparison with

2004-05. The raw material of the textile industry that was of less value added in

manufacturing of these items.

4. Yarn had 21.61% share in total exports in 1971-72, but these shares decreased to

10.08% in 2004-05, despite addition in spinning mills capacity. This indicates that

local industry converted yarn into fabric instead of exporting as bulk yarn.

5. There is no big change in the share of fabric in total exports. In 1971-72, the share

was 13.81%, while in 2004-05, it was 12.95%. During this period yarn export

decreased, which means that yarn consumption in Pakistan increased and more

value-added goods (clothing) exported.

6. Share of made-ups, bed wears and clothing (woven and knitted both) was 2.46%

in 1971-72, and it increased to 33.12% in 2004-05. This shows that total export of

value-added goods increased over a period of 33 years.

7. In 1971-72, textile raw material (raw cotton) export was 33.98% and share of

textile-manufactured goods was 38.82% of total exports, while in 2004-05, the

share of textile raw material reduced to 0.76%, which is quite trifling.

8. Growth rate of made-ups and clothing is much higher than yarn and fabric. Table

1.3 depicts that in 33 years Pakistan succeeded in converting its textile raw

material into manufactured goods. In addition, growth rate of value-added product


Chapter One: Introduction 29

is higher than less value-added products; particularly the share of apparel is higher

than yarn and fabric.

As per JICA (2006), in a scenario where there are no quota restrictions after 2004,

a duty-drawback facility will not be available to garment industry. In addition, the

government of Pakistan might not be able to protect its industry by putting tariff barriers

on textile and clothing imports. The only competitive strategy that could assist the textile

and clothing industry to survive is improved productivity. Better productivity is a great

challenge in the current business era and only a collaborative effort from government

side, academia, and industry can meet the challenge.

In light of the above discussion, it is apparent that the economy of Pakistan has

strong ties with the performance of textile sector. The textile sector mainly consists of

ginning, spinning, weaving, knitting, wet processing, made-ups, and apparel

manufacturing. One can observe a high growth rate during the last three decades, in the

sector of apparel manufacturing and made-ups (see Table 1.3). These sectors are

relatively higher benefit commodities and generate a high degree of foreign exchange.

Besides, the most important factor associated with these sectors is high employment

potential. At this time, massive unemployment is one of the main problems of Pakistan

because of high population growth and less industrial activities. The present

government's policies focus on improving employment opportunities; for this particular

purpose, the government is developing textile and garment cities throughout the country.

The government will generously provide all sorts of facilities on a priority basis to firms

interested participating in the garment business. It is anticipated by the apparel

manufacturers that these cities will attract more foreign investment to appear in Pakistan.
Chapter One: Introduction 30

Hopefully, many big international companies will establish their garment production

units in these cities so that garment industry positively affects the economy of Pakistan.

In previous pages, discussion is mainly about the role of textile in the economy of

Pakistan. It shows that textile industry is playing a significant role in the economy of

Pakistan. This study is to assess TFP of Pakistan‘s Knitted Garment Industry (PKGI) and

the impact of different factors on its growth. Based on the objective, it is imperative to

discuss in detail the structure of PKGI so that one could have an idea about the working

in the sector under discussion.

1.5 Structure of Pakistan’s Knitted Garment Industry

In 2004-05, PKGI had a 11.36% share in total exports of Pakistan, while in 1971-

72 it was 0.54%. Furthermore, PKGI has an 18.51% share in total textile exports. In

addition to that, it belongs to the group of products that have the highest growth rate (see

Table 1.3). As described by SMEDA (2000), this sector provides enormous employment

opportunities to skilled, semi-skilled individuals and even to unskilled people. Primarily,

this industry is export-oriented. This is due to the clothing customs of Pakistani society.

The main dress of Pakistani people is shalwar and qameez, while this industry produces

polo shorts, T-shirts, trousers, etc., which are not popular in Pakistan. Nevertheless,

young people living in cities are showing interest in knitted shirts and trousers. This

requirement is fulfilled by the left over goods after exporting the better quality products.

However, a few firms are producing for the local market. Their main products are vests

and undergarments. Such firms belong to cottage and unorganised sectors. The emphasis

of this research is only on the export-oriented sector. It is appropriate to have basic


Chapter One: Introduction 31

information about this sector, which is under discussed in the current study. The

following information has been derived from the unpublished reports provided by the

Pakistan Hosiery Manufacturing Association (PHMA), an official representative of PKGI

for this study only:

1. Over 900 export companies sent knitted goods abroad in the year 2003. The range

of export figures (value in U.S.$) is very extensive, as low as a few hundred U.S.$

to many millions U.S.$.

2. More than 90% of knitted garment export is manufactured by only 24% of the

total exporters (218 firms).

3. Three major cities of Pakistan: Lahore, Karachi, and Faisalabad account for more

than 98% share in total export of knitted garments. Their share percentage is 45%,

35% and 18%, respectively.

4. More than 255,000 individuals are working in this sector and there is a 10%

annual growth in job opportunities.

5. Several other industries are working for this sector, too such as stitching thread

manufacturers, packing material suppliers, etc.

6. More than 80% of knitted garments are exported to U.S., Canada, and other

European countries.

7. Many worldwide firms are establishing their plants in Pakistan due to the

accessibility of cheap labour, abundant raw material and soft environmental and

labour laws.
Chapter One: Introduction 32

1.6 Research Problem

As mentioned earlier, PKGI plays a key role in Pakistan's economy but the author

of this report could not find any such study that weighed its TFP and determinants. It is

an assumption that a minor change in this sector can significantly affect the exports of

Pakistan, since it has nearly 12% share of exports. To improve productivity, it is requisite

to dig up a profound knowledge of the existing productivity level and appropriately

identify significant factors that underpin productivity. Based on this observation, this

study plans to calculate the TFP level of the industry and identify major determinants that

correlate with TFP.

A many ways rally round improving the function of the industry. Government

subsidies or the relaxation of import duties from the importing countries has profound

effects on improving export capacity. According to the JICA (2006) report, government

support for raw material cannot solve the problem entirely. Rather, industry must

improve its own productivity. Furthermore, as per SMEDA (2000), until 2000,

government provided strong duty drawbacks (rebate on exports). In addition to that, there

were many tax exemptions available to the industry. All these efforts supported the

competitiveness of the textile industry. Ministry of Finance has announced a rebate of 6%

in form of research and development funds, but even this support will take some time to

decide the structural problems of the industry.

A pilot survey revealed that people dislike competition in the global market

without the help of government. However, the government is not ready to give additional

concessions to the industry. On the other hand, productivity of the industry is quite low,

as discussed by Majid (2000). Majid made a list of 110 states based on their
Chapter One: Introduction 33

competitiveness; Pakistan in 91st place. This shows how poor capacity has affected the

industry‘s ability to compete in the international market. Majid has not discussed PKGI

separately, but it can be presumed that the PKGI position is not significantly different

from other sectors. Majid also suggested improving the competitiveness and productivity

of the industry to acquire a better market share in the international market. These studies

indicate that better productivity in the textile industry will likely improve the economic

and social wellbeing of the Pakistan (See section 2.1 for more details)

1.7 Research Justification

This research stands upon the following justifications:

1. The productivity of PKGI has not assessed rigorously; it is significant to resolve

critical determinants.

2. PKGI is coping with tough competition in global and local markets. It also has

trouble with the elimination of quota restrictions, which occurred in 2005. As a

result, the competition has become more ruthless; in such circumstances, only

higher productivity can improve PKGI competitiveness.

3. This sector plays a noteworthy role in value addition of the textile products. At

this time, the PKGI has 11.36% share in the total export of Pakistan. This share

could be increased significantly by improving the productivity.

4. Pakistan is facing a massive problem of unemployment, and PKGI sector may

adequately provide abundant jobs to skilled and unskilled workers.

5. According to various reports published by the Export Promotion Bureau of

Pakistan, the world market of knitted garments is expanding day by day.


Chapter One: Introduction 34

Fortunately, there is a huge gap in supply and demand, which PKGI can partially

fill by improving productivity.

1.8 Study Objectives

The objectives of this research are:

1. To examine the TFP level achieved by PKGI (at aggregate level), vertical firms

and horizontal firms of PKGI

2. To compare TFP level of PKGI with other manufacturing sectors of Pakistan

3. To test the following hypotheses:

Ho Ha

µTFP of vertical firms = µ TFP of horizontal µTFP of vertical firms ≠ µ TFP of


firms horizontal firms

µ TFP of horizontal firms is less than or equal µTFP of horizontal firms is greater than
to 1 1

µTFP of vertical firms is less than or equal to µTFP of vertical firms is greater than 1
1

µTFP of PKGI at aggregate level is less than µ TFP of PKGI at aggregate level is
or equal to 1 greater than 1

4. To identify the correlation between different determinants and TFP.

5. To develop a regression equation to answer the following questions:

(a)Which set of independent variables is able to predict TFP (a dependent

variable)?

(b) Which variable in a set of variables has highest contribution in the variance of

dependent variable?
Chapter One: Introduction 35

1.9 Scope of the Research

This report is an attempt to estimate the TFP level of PKGI and mark out such

determinants as affects its performance. For this purpose, primary and secondary data

have been collected from different sources. The source of primary data is a census of the

manufacturing industry in Pakistan, whereas secondary data was found through a survey

of the industry through a structured questionnaire.

1.10 Type of Research

This basic research is aimed at generating fundamental knowledge and a

theoretical understanding about basic internal and external processes linked with the

PKGI. This is not an applied research project focused on answering practical questions,

which would provide relatively immediate solutions. Basic and applied research can be

viewed as two endpoints on a research continuum, with the centre representing the

research applicable to both ends. Furthermore, it is also to be noted that for this research,

the deductive method has been used. As expressed by Johnson and Christensen (2006),

the deductive method involves the following three steps:

1. A statement of a testable hypothesis (based on theory or research literature).

2. Collection of data to test the hypothesis.

3. Determination of whether the data supports or rejects the hypothesis.

1.11 Research Methodology

As described by Johnson and Christensen (2006), there are currently three major

research paradigms in education and the social and behavioural sciences. They are

quantitative research, qualitative research, and mixed research. This study relies largely
Chapter One: Introduction 36

on the collection and analysis of quantitative data (see Section 3.1 for more details). In

order to assess the TFP of any firm or any industry, it is necessary to identify and collect

data on critical determinants. Data can be classified broadly in to two classes; time-series

and cross-sectional data. The PKGI is only 15 to 20 years old, which is quite short for

time-series data, and furthermore no authenticated data is available over this entire

period. Hence, cross-sectional data has been utilised. According to the unpublished data

provided by the Pakistan Hosiery Manufacturing Association, the official representative

association of PKGI, 900 firms exported knitted goods in 2003, and 218 out of 900 firms

represented 90% of knitted garment exports; 682 firms exported the remaining 10%. Due

to the insignificant share of the 682 firms, only the 218 firms with the majority share

were selected as the test population.

The knitted garment manufacturing process consists of three major processes: (a)

knitting, (b) wet processing, and (c) stitching. There are two models of garment

manufacturing firms, (a) vertical and (b) horizontal (non-vertical), existing in the

Pakistani market. Vertical firms have knitting, wet processing, and stitching facilities

under one roof, and horizontal firms have only stitching facilities. There are many

differences between vertical and horizontal firms in their production capacity, business

practices, capital invested, etc. All these firms are located in three major cities of Pakistan

— Karachi, Lahore and Faisalabad. Primary and secondary data were used for analysis.

The Total Productivity Model proposed by Sumanth, Sink, the American

Productivity Center, Craig, and Harris has been selected to assess TFP of the PKGI after

a thorough discussion. This model takes all inputs and outputs into account and gives a

true picture of the firms and industries where it is applied. The selection criterion is
Chapter One: Introduction 37

discussed in detail in chapter two (see Section 3.5 for more details). Analysis has been

carried out with the help of Statistical Product and Service Solutions (SPSS) software.

1.12 Contribution of Study

For the first time in Pakistan, the TFP of the PKGI has been estimated

quantitatively, and the related contribution of some determinants has been measured, too,

with the help of quantitative research methods. The decisive conclusion from this

research is that a well-timed analysis of PKGI has been made. This study may convince

the industry as well as the Pakistani government to take serious steps to increasing the

TFP of PKGI. Furthermore, results of this study can be useful for benchmarking of

related sectors and accurate assessment of TFP of PKGI in future. Finally, this report

provides a foundation for a more methodical analysis, integrating a broader range of

determinants.

1.13 Outline of the Thesis

This thesis has been separated into five chapters. Chapter two reviews appropriate

economic literature covering production function, productivity meanings and generic

concepts, productivity measuring models, disciplines/fields and classification of

productivity measuring approaches, and distinct production measurement studies.

Chapter three examines the research and data collection methods. Chapter four contains a

critical analysis of data information on the testing of the hypotheses. Chapter five

discusses the major findings and develops some policy guidelines for the PKGI.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 38

CHAPTER TWO: AN OVERVIEW OF TOTAL FACTOR PRODUCTIVITY

In chapter one, a concise introduction of productivity, an overview of the textile

industry of Pakistan, and the objectives of this report were discussed. As a conclusion,

one can get a condensed idea about productivity and its importance in the economy of

Pakistan, particularly in Pakistan‘s Knitted Garment Industry (PKGI). This chapter is

dedicated to a synopsis of TFP, its emergence, development, dimensions, and criticism on

its genuineness, along with theories and ideas to measure productivity.

In the first half of the chapter, a debate embraces to elaborate the TFP concept,

the theoretical significance of TFP estimation issues that correlate with TFP

measurement, and an argument on the diverse approaches and methods to measure TFP.

It begins from the historical aspect of production functions and TFP, followed by an

argument on how this TFP caught the attention of macroeconomists, ending with the

journey of TFP from the macro to micro levels. This chapter discussed how TFP is

applicable at firm level as picked up by business managers and industrial engineers. In

the second part of the chapter, selection of the most apposite and appropriate TFP

measurement approaches applicable to TFP of PKGI is made.

2.1 Historical Perspective and Emergence of Productivity Movement

Productivity refers to the sensible and proper utilisation of inputs to create an

output in a production function, and it is the reason why it has remained on humans‘

minds throughout history. Sink (1985) also discussed it in the same way. Probably, better

productivity has been the first step in the development of economies, and it positively

contributed in the undeniable success of the world's leading states. The roots of
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 39

productivity are found in ancient records, where people were recording the crops‘ yields

on an annual basis. This was a way to measure and compare productivity of different

fields on seasonal basis (Brinkerhoff and Dressler, 1990; Monga, 2000; Sink, 1985;

Sumanth, 1998).

Struggle for better resources has been the basic quest of human beings, and they

have used several ways to fulfil this need, which led to the different revolutionary

movements. In the last three centuries, many ideologies were formed to improve the

living standard of people, including, for example, capital theory by Adam Smith and

Socialist theory by Karl Marx. In both cases, productivity remained the fundamental

stone to build whole theory. Nevertheless, there are drastic dissimilarities between the

two theories. Even today's open market economy also focuses on better economic

conditions through higher productivity. Contemporary scholars have added resource

productivity as one of the burning issues in the business world. This is obvious from the

Performance and Innovation Unit (PIU) UK, which acts directly under the supervision of

the Premiership of UK. This unit has been established for the same cause — namely

promoting the concept of resource productivity (PIU, 2001). Resource productivity, like

other concepts of productivity, means creating more output while utilising fewer

resources. Shortage of natural resources forces the businesses and academic and political

leaders to take serious steps in order to have a minimum input for a higher output. A

relevant example is the use of recycled material. In the current era recycling has become

a winning tool in the marketing of the consumer products. Based on this observation, it

seems that a strong movement is emerging to improve the current productivity level of

natural resources. The resource productivity concept may be best illustrated in case of oil,
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 40

where people strive to bring innovative methods of increasing oil productivity and are

searching for alternatives energy sources.

Nevertheless, productivity concepts have their origin centuries in the past and

have been promoted and redefined over the different periods in history. However, it looks

that after industrial revolution; the primary productivity concept developed in advanced

countries and less developed countries was gradually adopted to follow the proven and

tested practice available in the developed world.

Literature indicates that productivity is an ever-present concept but formally

discussed by Quesnay in 1776, followed by Litter in 1883, who defined productivity as

the ―faculty to produce,‖ which is the ultimately desire to produce. In the mid-20th

century, the Organization of European Cooperation and Development (OECD) defined

productivity as the quotient obtained by dividing input by one of the factors of production

identified by Sumanth (1998). In this way, it is possible to speak of productivity of

capital, investment, or raw materials, according to whether output is being considered in

relation to capital, investment, raw materials, etc.

Sumanth has elaborated the role of OECD in productivity growth in the developed

world. Sumanth says that the OECD definition of productivity carries the strong impact

of industrial revolution, as it intends to measure input in relation to output and divides it

into productivity of capital, investment, and raw material. During the 1950s, OECD made

many initiatives to promote concept of productivity in a newly industrialized world.

In the same period, many other Asian and European countries set up productivity

centres and encouraged the promotion of productivity efforts as discussed by Prokopenko

(1999). The United States is one of the countries that took many initiatives to promote
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 41

productivity concepts. The U.S. Department of Labor and Bureau of Labor Statistics have

gradually assisted many Asian and European countries to adopt practices of productivity.

The U.S. and UK played an important role in ongoing growth of productivity concepts,

particularly in its application in the industrial economy (Prokopenko, 1999).

Dewitt has also noted that productivity movement has a strong link with U.S.

industry. Dewitt wrote that the ―productivity concept was first recognized in the late

1800s and early 1900's when widespread efforts were made to improve the efficiency of

American industry‖ (Ali, 1978, p. 9).

This Dewitt argument advocates the relationship of productivity awareness with

industrial development, principally in the case of the U.S., as it intends to dish up

corporate motives of maximum profitability within minimum resources' utilization.

Another observation by Ali (1978) shores up the argument that productivity

awareness grew with sharp development of industrial activities. Ali wrote, ―The

recognition of productivity came later, as late as the 1940s when Rostas published his

famous study about productivity in British and American industries‖ (1978, p. 9). This

study was carried out during World War II. It reveals that both Nazi Germany and the

U.S. were the strongest productive industries at that time, capable of producing anything

more than thrice annually what British industry could produce. The higher productivity of

Nazi Germany provided them a cutting edge in wars over their competitors. Outcome of

this detailed study gave a warning call to the European countries and led to the

establishment of Anglo-American Productivity Council (AAPC).

The AAPC effectively implemented the Marshall Plan given by Marshall in 1948.

It was to raise markedly the productivity of European countries. The Marshall Plan called
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 42

for the foundation of productivity councils and centres in the all aid recipient countries

after the World War II 1(EANPC, 2008). Marshall‘s efforts show a high concern by U.S.

authorities towards productivity and their approach to it as a remedy for the adversity of

European countries. This discussion clearly indicates that higher productivity is believed

to be a measure of rehabilitation and progress by advanced countries in the early 1950s.

Campbell and Campbell (1998) have given in detail the journey of productivity

from its narrow concept to a wider acceptable approach. They argue that when the

concept of proliferation of productivity came, many behavioural scientists lavished their

attention on it and were captivated by it. Many authors embarked on research and

published academic papers on unlike dimensions of productivity. Different schools of

thoughts emerged because of academic conversation, emphasising innovation, original

experiments, new techniques, and latest methods to achieve higher productivity.

Campbell and Campbell further state that the concept of productivity ultimately

approaches the matter of urgency because a sense of urgency in human beings pushes

them to higher efficiency. They concluded that productivity has a direct impact on real

income, competitiveness in an international market, improvement in infrastructure and

finally defence capabilities of a country. Literature discloses a strong link of productivity

with daily life, at both macro and micro level and their effective role in improving living

standard to making useful strategies of national defence.

Corporate managers faced a major challenge in higher production so they

improved a distribution system to meet the latent demand of products in the early period

of the 1950s after WWII; this field of productivity converted into a new dimension when

1
European Union National Productivity Centers
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 43

managers shifted their focus from more selling to marketing in the early part of the

1960s. This modification in application of productivity concepts was experienced in the

oil crisis of 1973, when people began to talk about energy saving and using less to

produce more (Sumanth, 1998). Sumanth further stated that productivity became the

buzzword in corporate America and elsewhere in the world. All this is evidence for a

shift from production to productivity and a change in favourites among the corporate

sector within a span of few decades. Not only the corporate sector turned its face;

governments, particularly in developed countries, started programs, established institutes,

and organized conferences to make people aware of productivity. One can say that before

the 1950s, the business world‘s focus was on getting more production because there was

a huge demand in the market and less competition. However, after the 1960s, the focus

was less to produce maximum with minimum input to compete in international markets,

where there is severe competition, lower tariffs, and non-tariff barriers in international

transactions. Furthermore, there is a regular reduction in import duties under the umbrella

of the WTO regime.

Prokopenko (1999) has given a complete history of productivity movement

starting from the U.S. after WWII and its emergence in Europe and then in other parts of

the world, including underdeveloped countries. Prokopenko states that the productivity

concept was known for a long time, but it was formally taken as part of activities in the

1950s. The U.S. government took the first step by establishing a War Production Board

during WW II. The particular aim was to improve functioning of U.S. industries. After a

successful experience in the U.S., many European countries took initiative and started

their activities. This was all held under the Marshall Plan. However, the U.S. shared its
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 44

experiences and technology with many other countries. Prokopenko further tells that the

U.S. focus was efficiency-oriented productivity, which later synthesized with the

European concept of improvement by combining efforts of employer, employees, and

government. Numerous National Productivity Organisations were established in the

1950s all over Europe with the prime responsibility of ensuring that capitalism was the

only way of survival. In 1948, British Productivity Council was established and its main

function was to assist British industries for better productivity.

Prokopenko further expresses that during 1948 to 1952; nearly 66,000 high rank

UK executives visited the U.S. to learn the methods and techniques to improve

productivity. In fact, this practice generated an initiative in other European countries to

establish productivity organisations in Europe. To promote the coordination among

different NPOs, in 1953, European countries launched a centre in Paris. The objective of

this centre was to carry out goals of technology innovation, human respect, and

achievement of a better quality of life. Because of these efforts, many new organisations

emerged at the National Productivity Centre in Greece, which is largest in its nature in

Europe. In addition to that, local organisations based on regions became serviceable.

Prokopenko concluded that during this period many new slogans were promoted,

including, ‖Productivity is a state of mind,‖ ―Productivity is an attitude that seeks the

continuous improvement of what exists and can do better today than yesterday,‖ and

‖Tomorrow will be better than today.‖

Productivity awareness is the fundamental requisite of improvement. All efforts

started in the U.S. and later on, Europe became a vital part of this movement, showing

that the core objective of NPOs was to create awareness and sort out dissimilar activities.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 45

Nevertheless, facilitation for technology innovation, help in skill development and

training of managers to acquire better tools of management were the main activities of

these organizations. These organisations did not establish different technology centres.

Rather, they assisted different industries to adopt the latest technologies (Prokopenko,

1999). In general, there was a general awareness about productivity, as it is clear from the

statement that productivity is a mindset that one can have better tomorrow than today,

which was adopted by European Productivity Centres.

Prokopenko wrote about the development of productivity centres in Japan, noting

Japan joined this race and established a Productivity Centre in 1955. In 1994, after a

merger of two sister organizations it converted into the Japan Productivity Centre for

Socio-Economic Development (JPC-SED). This centre contributed incredibly in the

development of Japan, particularly in the industrial sector. This centre arranged the first

visit of high executives in September 1955 to the U.S. to study productivity methods and

techniques. The objective behind this tour was to learn from U.S. experiences in the field

of production. In 1995, this centre organized its 50th anniversary with the declaration of

―Productivity Movement towards a Society Based on Mutual Trust and Vitality‖. This is

vital to note that the slogan is different from the original concept that this centre adopted

in 1955. At that time, the main objective of the centre was to facilitate Japan's industry to

have higher productivity and fill the gap between the performance of developed countries

and Japan.

Additionally, Prokopenko provided information about the emergence of Asian

Productivity Center. Prokopenko asserted that after JPC‘s successful experience, Japan

took the initiative to shape an association of different productivity organizations. It


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 46

became the base of Asian Productivity Organisation (APO) in 1961, based in Tokyo. To

begin with, few Asian countries were members of this organisation, but now there are 20

members of APO. Efforts in the field of productivity significance contributed in the

economy of Japan. Taira (1998) also supports this observation. Taira conveyed the

massage that after 1950s, there was a strong movement in Japan to increase productivity

however; focus was labour productivity along with resource productivity.

Japan entered the race of productivity with a full commitment and did good

efforts to minimize the gap of productivity with U.S. The U.S. felt that Japan was making

a dent in its economy based on productivity. In response, the U.S. established a National

Commission on Productivity that later added ―Work Quality‖ to its title to attract trade

union participation (Prokopenko, 1999). This was all to improve competitiveness of

home based manufacturing and service providers firms through better productivity. One

of the relevant examples is auto market. In 1980s, Japanese cars were becoming popular

in U.S. markets. This all compelled the U.S. government and industrialists to join hands

to compete with international companies.

Having assessed the strength of productivity in 1983, the White House organized

a conference with the title ―White House Conference on Productivity: An Opportunity for

Change.‖ First, four preparatory conferences were organized in different parts of the

country and the closing convention held in Washington. The focus of this conference was

to discuss growing concerns like government regulation, tax reform, capital investment,

human resources, private sector initiatives, and public sector management. The

conference concluded that productivity is vital to the United States economy and that the

productivity challenge can be met with good management, ongoing public awareness,
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 47

and a cooperative effort between government and industry (Aronson and Skancke, 1983).

It proved that productivity was a catch cry of the 1980s and was a point of focus at a

higher level for a well-developed and productive nation.

Countries in Latin America and the Caribbean region also felt the significance of

productivity, though much later than other developed countries. No outstanding activities

were observed in African countries in the field of productivity until 1990s. In this

context, the most active institution is National Productivity Institute (NPI) in South

Africa, established in 1965. It is a dynamic organisation in the region, according to

Prokopenko (1999). The existence of a productivity institute in South Africa might be

because of the presence of European people in government who had strong links with

Europe. Because of this connection, they started a productivity awareness movement

somewhat earlier than other African countries.

After the fall of Soviet Union, productivity awareness in the Eastern Europe and

in central Asia lost its way. Nevertheless, after 1990, a movement emerged focusing on

productivity. Before the collapse of Soviet Union, ILO started cooperation with the

Soviet Labour Ministry. As a result, the All Union Productivity Centre and eight other

productivity centres were set up in former Soviet Republics (Prokopenko, 1999). The

productivity movement gave many benefits to U.S. and then to Europe, Japan. The rest of

the world was observing and filling a gap between them and developed nations.

Consequently, other countries and regions started their campaigns in this field and

established productivity centres and organisations.

The above discussion shows the significance of productivity. Most probably, it is

assumed that today there is neither developed nor underdeveloped countries that have no
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 48

productivity organizations or productivity centres. It is noticeably different from other

associations, and APO is one of the examples, having 20 member states alone, mainly

from East and South Asia.

The survival of NPOs shows that there is a general conviction that for better

economic growth, productivity awareness is a key factor. Another example of association

is the European Association of National Productivity Centres (EANPC), which was

established in 1966 as a successor body to the European Productivity Agency. The main

objective of this body is to facilitate and increase exchanges of information and

experiences, and arrange co-operation among participating bodies. The headquarters of

this organization are in Brussels and its membership is open to all national productivity

centres and institutions. All the members are equal as being the member states of the

United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (EANPC, 2008).

As mentioned earlier, EANPC was established in 1966, mainly for Western

Europe, but currently many new countries have sought its membership, including Poland,

Russia, and the Ukraine. In late 1980s, Japan, which was in the list of developed

countries also contributed for the development and promotion of productivity movements

and assisted Hungary, Poland and Ukraine to establish National Productivity Centres.

There are many associations that are not fully capable of giving desired results, but there

is a serious concern about productivity, and it is growing every day. Currently there are

about 100 productivity institutions located all over the world (Prokopenko, 1999).

Prokopenko published this study in 1999. Therefore, it is this researcher‘s strong belief

there are many more centres and associations working today in this field.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 49

With the start of 21st century, there is momentous growth in the productivity

movement. It is hard to find any country not focusing on productivity. Different awards

are being conferred upon the best performers. There are analysts of productivity gaps

who work online for public consumption and publish articles to promote productivity

awareness. Take the example of the Australian Government Productivity Commission,

which was established in 1998 after the merger of three different organizations. The main

objective of this merger was to enhance and strengthen the cohesive effort in the field of

productivity. The U.S. Senate offers productivity awards on an annual basis to best

performers, e.g., the Maryland-U.S. Senate Productivity Award and Award for

Productivity and Quality (SPQA). This award was established in 1982.

Another example of productivity preferences in the economy is the study

conducted by The London School of Economics in 2004. The School did an effort to find

out gaps in UK Productivity. This report is quite informative and gives a true depiction of

UK productivity. Such effort by a renowned business school is an indicator about the

seriousness of the nation in productivity measurement and improvement process.

The summary of the above discussion is that the movement, which started in the

early 1900s, gained momentum with the passage of time. Having travelled from firms

and offices to government offices, it has attracted everyone to have healthier productivity

than yesterday. Below, a summary of landmarks in the productivity movement is

presented in chronological order.


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 50

Table 2.1
Highlights of productivity awareness in chronological order

1766
Quesnay used the word productivity (Sumanth)
1883
Littre used the faculty to produce to describe productivity (Sumanth)
1880-1920
Spread of productivity concept in U.S.A (Dewitt)
Post WWII
Anglo-American Productivity Council was established to implement Marshal Plan
(Prokopenko)
1948
British Productivity Council formed (Prokopenko)
1950
OEEC defined productivity (Sumanth)
1953
Productivity Centre for Coordination established in Paris (Prokopenko)
1955
Japan Productivity Center was established
1961
Asian Production Organization was formed
1965
National Productivity Institute established in South Africa (Prokopenko)
1966
The European Association of National Productivity Centres was made (EANPC)
1969
World Confederation of Productivity Science (WCPS) in London
1980-1990
More than eight All Union Productivity Centres were erected in U.S.S.R.
1983
White House Conference on Productivity: An Opportunity for Change was organized
1992
Pan African Productivity Association in November 1992 by six African countries
1994
Merger of Japan Productivity Center and Socio Economic Congress of Japan
1998
Productivity Commission Australia was established under Productivity Commission Act
2005
50th Anniversary of JPC-SED with the declaration ―Productivity Movement towards a
Society Based on Mutual Trust and Vitality‖
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 51

2.2 Productivity: a Multi Dimensional Term

Section 2.1 gave a glimpse of productivity awareness in the last three centuries. It

is obvious from the discussion that productivity is catching more and more attention

among all occupations. In addition, it is assumed that the future will witness serious,

focused, and results-oriented efforts in this field. This section is dedicated to discuss the

meaning, definition, concept and understanding of productivity in different parts of

history by authors, researchers, scholars, economists, and business managers.

As discussed in section 2.1, the term productivity was first used in 1766 by

Quesnay and in 1950. It was formally defined by OECD, as said by Sumanth (1990).

Literature is full of several definitions of productivity. People view in different ways and

with different angles.

Tangen (2005) wrote that productivity is like other terms in the field of economics

and business still needs more efforts for a comprehensive definition. Tangen further

states that it is a fact that productivity is one of the most significant factors affecting a

company's competitiveness. Nevertheless, it is often relegated to second rank, and

neglected or ignored by the people directly involved in operations. The purpose of

ongoing discussions is to have a better understanding of productivity and clarity of

observation and ideas related to productivity.

Productivity is largely a concern of people engaged in economic activities, and

they agree that productivity is a ratio of output to input. This concept has been explained

in different words and phrases. The complex concept of productivity covers changed

meanings and contexts. Such diverse views are mainly because of industry contexts in

which productivity is discussed. Industrial engineers view productivity as higher output


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 52

with less input, whereas environmental engineers consider productivity as less pollution

with more recycling of materials. Unwritten definitions create a common and shared view

about productivity. Productivity is commonly used when management explains the

strategic objectives of the firms and reveals the plans of the firms. Adding to this idea,

Tangen spelled out that for the purpose of developing methods of improvement there is a

need for mathematical formulas. These formulas serve to design a framework to make

certain changes to increase productivity. For better results, there is an essential demand

visibly make a note between a concept and a particular mathematical definition attached

to the main theme. It is mandatory to measure the characteristics of mathematical

definition.

Productivity is commonly defined as a ratio of a volume measure of output to a

volume measure of input use. It tells how efficiently and wisely resources are used to

enclose a certain output. The commonly understood meaning of the word productivity is

too general for use in specialized fields. Even within business, the definition of

productivity varies according to the aspect being studied (Thomas and Baron, 1994). It is

obvious from the Table 2.2 that there is a difference of words — otherwise the concept of

productivity is nearly identical in all contexts. The main emphasis is on the professional

utilization of resources in a production function. Better use of resources gives better

productivity to firms. If it is observed at the national level, it is a sign of high productivity

of the nation. Productivity could have a single factor, multiple factors, or total factors

developed on a generic system of circulation. Relationship between outputs to input is

universal and generic. Productivity does not only cover production but also covers

services.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 53

The concept that productivity is a relationship between outputs from a given

system during or over a given period in time and inputs to that system during that same

period, should be generic and universal. The simplest meaning of productivity is the

relationship between goods produced or service provided and the resources consumed.

Productivity is also an indicator of the utilization of the resources. A right product at the

right time is an indicator of better productivity. If a firm is using resources in a proper

manner without wasting resources, it means the amount of undesired valuable products is

very low. Productivity has its functional meanings in a production function. It depicts the

whole process at an aggregate level. One can have a view of performance starting from a

departmental level to an aggregate level. It is an indicator of the performance of a nation

(Afzal, 2004; Lawlor, 1985; Sink, 1985; Sumanth, 1998).

Generally, it seems that different scholars and authors are agreeing that

productivity indicates how well resources are used to accomplish certain goals of the

firm.

Thomas and Baron (1994) have discussed the relationship between output and

input. They have studied the flaws present in the relationship and have concluded that

majority of concepts take productivity as a relationship between output and input. It

applies only to a production system. In an organization, there is a physical system that

develops a relationship and interdependency among various factors. They further argue

that the above definition of productivity relies on the acceptance of the stimulus-response

model of causality, which explains that input causes output. This concept creates a

prejudice towards the production function. This assumption leaves out other economic

and non-economic performance of output such as market goodwill, market share, new
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 54

production introduction, social services, etc. Such output is an intangible gain. It is a fact

that for all such achievements, there is a consumption of tangible inputs and such inputs

are fully taken into account while calculating the ratio. It shows that the relationship

between tangible output and tangible input does not give a true picture.

Thomas and Baron point out another lack in this relationship. They write that in

case partial productivity is discussed, one factor is only considered whereas input factors

cannot be studied in isolation. Productivity of one factor usually involves contributions

from other factors, just as labour productivity improvement because of latest technology

is the result of financing of new technology. Nevertheless, labour is still crucial to

productivity.

Stainer (1995) pointed out that the term productivity is often confused with the

term production, although both have a close relationship to each other. Production is

concerned with the operational activity of producing goods or services, while

productivity relates to the efficient utilization of inputs in producing prescribed outputs of

goods or services. Broman pointed out (as cited by Tangen, 2005), that what appear to be

dissimilar definitions of productivity are actually quite similar in nature. The reason for

this similarity is the contents associated with productivity. Ghobadian and Husband (as

cited by Tangen, 2005) have suggested that similar productivity concepts can be

classified into three main categories:

1. Technological concept. A ratio of output to input

2. Engineering concept. Relationship between actual and potential output

3. Economist concept. Efficiency of resources allocated


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 55

After having examined Table 2.2, one can find that there are different authors

who have explained productivity concepts and defined productivity, but there are subtle

differences that are based on the perception attached with the productivity. It shows that

context has a strong influence on productivity‘s meaning. It might be different for top

management and front line management. It may have dissimilar meaning when one is

discussing productivity in the context of a single machine, assembly line, unit level,

department level, or even at an individual level (Tangen, 2005). It may have different

meaning for employees, employers, government, and society. For employees, it may be

considered as more salary and wages; for employers more as profit; for government an

increase in taxes; and for society better employment chances (Baig, 2002).
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 56

Table 2.2
Chronological order of productivity definitions
1766: Productivity appeared first time in literature (Quesnay).

1833: Faculty to produce (Littre)

1950: Quotient obtained by dividing output by one of the factors of production

(OECD)

1955: Change in product obtained for the resources expended (Davis)

1962: Always a ratio of output to input (Fabricant)

1965: Functional definition for partial, total factor and total productivity (Kendrick and Creamer)

1967: Ratio between the wealth produced and input resources used in the process of production (ILO)

1971: Real output per hour of work (Herbert Stein)

1973: Productivity is the optimization of all available resources, investigation into the best-known
resources and generation of new resources through creative thinking, research and developing and
by using all possible improvement techniques and methods (M. R. Ramsay)

1976: A family of ratios of output to input (Siegel)

Productivity denotes the productiveness of the factors of production (British Institute of


Management Foundation)

1979: Total productivity- a ratio of tangible output to input (Sumanth)

1980: Productivity refers to the effectiveness of the work not its intensity (Sir John Hedley)

1984: Delivering the right product or service of the right quality at the right time with least expenditure of
resources (Scarf)

1985: At its simplest, productivity is the relationship between goods produced and sold or services
provided- the output, and the resources consumed in doing it –the input (Alan Power)

Productivity defines competitiveness (M. E. Porter)

Productivity is simply the relationship between the outputs generated from a system and inputs
provided to create those outputs (D. Scott Sink)

1990: Briefly, productivity reflects results as a function of effort (Brinkerhoff and Dressler).

1992: Productivity is the ratio of outputs produced to the input resources utilized in their production (Rick
L. Wilson)

1996: Productivity is about making the most efficient use of all resources and gaining the maximum

benefit from them (Joseph Prokopenko and Klaus North)


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 57

Green Productivity (GP) is a strategy for simultaneously enhancing productivity and

environmental performance for overall socio-economic development that leads to sustained

improvement in the quality of human life (APO).

1997: Productivity is a measure of the capacity of individuals, firms, industries or entire economies to
transform inputs to outputs (Industry Commission)

Productivity is a road to the competitiveness of enterprises, the economic development of countries


and welfare and well being of the nations (Gharneh)

Productivity relates to the efficient utilization of inputs in producing prescribed outputs of goods or
services (Alan Stainer).

1998: Productivity is an efficiency concept generally cast as ratio of output to input into some productive
process (Thomas A Mahoney)

Productivity is the ratio of output to input. Unfortunately, there is no place for management output
on an income statement (Richard Cardinali)

1999: Traditionally productivity is considered as ratio between input and output (Joseph Prokopenko)

2001: Technically productivity is the rate of output per unit of input (Social Policy Research Unit

Canada)

Sources: (Bheda, 2002; Brinkerhoff and Dressler, 1990; Cardinali, 1998; Gharneh, 1997;
Mahoney, 1998; Sink, 1985; Stainer, 1997; Sumanth, 1990)

2.3 Distinction and Interdependence of Productivity, Profitability, Performance,

Efficiency, and Effectiveness

To some extent, productivity, performance, effectiveness, efficiency and

profitability are synonymous in nature. Apparently, these terms are indicators of a firm's

level of achievement in a certain period and in a certain field, however in-depth analysis

shows that there is a subtle difference among the meanings and concepts of these terms.

Below, there is a discussion of the aforementioned terms. The discussion is designed to

develop a better understanding about these terms. This would serve in avoiding any

confusion during the academic study of productivity.


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 58

2.3.1 Productivity and Profitability. Productivity as discussed in previous

paragraphs is mostly considered the ratio of output to input by volume, whereas

profitability is a ratio of cost of production and total revenue collected by a firm. Stainer

(1995) has pointed out that a fundamental problem in using profitability ratios is that

often outdoor conditions affect them, which may bear no relationship to the efficient use

of resources. Furthermore, profit is an economic activity. One firm can have larger profits

in certain circumstances. For example, firms working in a monopoly situation can have

better profits than a firm operating in a highly competitive market. Stainer further states

that it is the case that some firms do not earn profits because of their use of resources but

due to some external causes, for example, being unable to navigate government

regulations or adjust to sudden and unanticipated changes in the business environment, or

due to very high consumer interest in the product or service.

Nevertheless, profitability has a strong link with productivity. Firms are of two

types: for profit (business concerns) and non-profits, such as welfare organisations,

educational institutions, and health centres. Non-profit organisations do not work

rigorously for profit; they benefit from the same productivity considerations in some

ways (Chapman, Murray, and Mellor, 1996). Nevertheless, profitability is a meaningful

function of productivity. However, it is true that incidents outside the firm's control can

substantially increase profit or loss. Such incidents are outside the scope of this study. In

general, high profitability is a consequence of high productivity.

The terms productivity and performance are commonly used within academic and

commercial circles, but they are rarely adequately defined or explained. Indeed, they are

often confused and considered to be interchangeable, along with terms such as efficiency,
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 59

effectiveness, and profitability (Tangen, 2005). Apparently, productivity, performance,

efficiency, effectiveness, and profitability are interdependent, but they always move in

one direction. As mentioned earlier, profitability is an economic function, which is

related with internal and external factors.

―Increased productivity does not necessarily lead to increased profitability in the

short term but the effect of increased productivity is more likely to be realised in terms of

long-term profitability‖ (Tangen, 2005, p. 39). It seems that productivity does not

guarantee profitability, but it is more likely that it will not reduce the profitability, and it

is expected that in the end, better productivity would contribute to high profits.

Miller (as cited by Tangen, 2005) is one of the scholars who tried to build up a

clear line between profitability and productivity. Miller defines profitability as the sum of

productivity and the price recovery. Price recovery is the ratio of unit price related to unit

cost. Bernolak (1980) makes it clearer by saying that an organization should combine

productivity and profitability ratios to give a more comprehensive depiction of their

performance. This will let them know the true reason for accumulated earnings. By doing

so, firms can make decisions to enhance productivity and profitability separately. All the

same, profitability is the dominant objective of the firms, and success and growth of any

business depends upon profitability. To get high rate of profits, from the shareholders'

point of view the inputs are converted into the productions to add value, which ultimately

contributes to achievement of high profits (Kolay and Sahu, 1995). It seems that

profitability cannot be ignored in pursuing better productivity, whereas the main agenda

of the firms is profit. Because of this, some time productivity is ignored and other means

are adopted to attain high profitability.


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 60

2.3.2 Performance, Efficiency and Effectiveness. ―People who claim to be

discussing productivity are actually looking at the more general issue of performance.

Productivity is a fairly specific concept while performance includes many more

attributes‖ (Thomas and Baron, 1994). There is a general confusion between productivity

and performance. Some people discussing productivity are actually discussing

performance. It shows that some time people are not able to find a difference between

productivity and performance.

―Performance is a broader term than productivity and it includes factors

that are not easily quantified, such as quality, customer satisfaction, and worker morale‖

(Thomas and Baron 1994). Measurement of productivity by dividing output with input is

quite easy but the measurement of performance is quite difficult. It covers many areas

that have qualitative and quantitative data such as customer satisfaction, etc. It envelops

many economical and non-economical areas like objectives of the firm. It may involve

speed, flexibility, market share, employees‘ satisfaction, and fulfilment of social

obligation. In addition to that, performance can be described as an umbrella term for all

concepts that are the main determinants of success or failure of the firm.

There is a common confusion regarding the term efficiency. It creates more doubts

with respect to productivity. Often it is used as a synonym of productivity. Efficiency is

commonly defined as the utilisation of resources for a certain output. It denotes how well

resources have used, and it affects the denominator (input) of a productivity ratio.

Nevertheless, efficiency explains the minimum resource level, which is theoretically

required for a certain operation or output versus actual consumption of the resources. It is

easy to calculate because in most of the cases it is related to time, capital, or other
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 61

specified inputs (Tangen, 2004). Sumanth (1998) has discussed it in detail. ―Efficiency is

the ratio of actual output generated to the expected (or standard) output prescribed and

efficiency does not necessarily imply productivity‖ (p. 13). In fact, efficiency is the actual

output versus standard output. There is a strong need to have a distinct view about

efficiency. Confusion between two terms can lead to unwanted decisions that can regress

the overall performance of the firm.

Tangen (2004) states that effectiveness is a term that is difficult to explain in

certain situations. Actually, it is biased towards the qualitative. It is associated with the

value for a customer and usually affects the numerator (output). It can be explained as the

ability to reach a desired objective. As in comparison to efficiency, it has a limited scope;

mainly it is related to assess the effectiveness of the organization. However, generally, in

management textbooks efficiency is described as to do the right things and effectives

doing the things right. As said earlier, productivity, profitability, performance, efficiency,

effectiveness are indicators of the function of the organization. They move in one

direction but are not interdependent. However, they are strong associates with each other.

As communicated by Sumanth, (1998), better efficiency does not guarantee better

productivity. In addition, it is worth noting that better productivity does not give the

assurance of high profitability. All these terms move side-by-side, but by putting hands

together as concluded by Tangen. It is obvious from all above discussion that there is an

ongoing debate about different terms and phrases. In addition to that, it looks that it is

quite difficult to reach on a conclusion. Below, however, definitions and concepts that are

commonly acceptable are given:

1. Productivity. always a ratio of output to input


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 62

2. Profitability. return on investment

3. Performance. over all achievements of the organization (qualitative and

quantitative)

4. Efficiency. ratio of actual production to the standard production or doing

right things

5. Effectiveness. ability of the firms to eventually reach accurate targets or

doing things right

The whole discussion could be concluded on the point that ―productivity is not

everything but in the long run, it is nearly everything‖, as said by Paul Krugman, an

American economist.

2.4 Theory and Emergence of Production Function: Foundation of TFP

Section 2.3 discussed the concepts and definitions of productivity and highlighted

various misconceptions surrounding it. The section offered debate aimed at clarifying the

productivity concepts, describing the different definitions, and associating similar and

dissimilar meanings, urging for strong consideration of context when discussing the

implications of productivity. In this part of the chapter, the subject matter is production

function and TFP. The debate covered below will encompass the significance and

emergence of production function and TFP. This discussion explains how aggregate

production function approach originated and the way economists and industrial engineers

have developed their research frameworks based on production function and TFP. The

rationale of the discussion is to develop thoughts about the concept of production

function and TFP, which is greatly linked with economies from the nation to firm levels.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 63

This discussion will also throw a light on the emergence of TFP in the circle of industrial

engineers, who look at it with a different approach.

What does a man do in this world? This question has an implicit answer: work.

Man cannot live without desires and needs. This is the instinct of all human beings. The

level and intensity of desires and needs depends upon many factors, which include

environment, culture, society, level of awareness, norms, and values. This list is not

meticulous in nature. There are numerous factors that force human being to perform a job

or to do work. Drucker, a famous management consultant, says that work is a binding

force that keeps society together. Based on this observation, it is understandable that

human beings started working since their beginning and this activity has gradually

developed many types of bonds in society. It may be a relationship between an employee

and employer, seller and purchaser, taxpayer and tax collector, etc. Ancient caves, where

the people lived in the Stone Age, tell us the story of human beings about working and

products, which they produced and consumed. Primeval cities, tombs, temples, and

churches are understandable indicators that man is deeply involved in production. It may

be production of agriculture to satisfy the hunger, clothing to save from the weather

severity or to improve the aesthetic sense, houses to live, swords to fight, tools to have

better production from the existing resources etc.

Production is a result of an effort in which inputs are processed and converted into

another product. Output is obviously different from inputs and has higher value and high

usability. There is a need for a number of production factors such as technology, labour,

organisation, etc., and a system to covert inputs into an output. Nevertheless, in the case

of service, which is also a production function, more labour and less physical capital is
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 64

needed, whereas in some industries there is more need for physical stock and less labour.

In other words, production is a function of inputs (capital, labour, technology,

organisational set up etc). It is apparent that there is a clear and strong relationship

between inputs and outputs, and production function details the type of relationship

between inputs and outputs.

Production function tells how one can have maximum output from a set of inputs.

As a measuring tool, it revises minimum requirements to own a certain production. As

said earlier, production is an outcome of certain inputs, so based on this statement every

production process has a unique production function. Economists view production

function with few assumptions. They assume firms have a maximum level of efficiency

to keep themselves away from errors and wastage. In other words, economists presume

engineering and managerial problems of technical efficiency have worked out. It is the

reason why they focus on problems of allocated efficiency.

Relationship of physical output to physical inputs is based on production

functions. It is a non-monetary liaison since prices are not under the control of firms.

Many more factors control the prices of goods and services. In the case of a monopoly,

price phenomenon is different as compared to a challenging market, whereas production

function does not explain the whole production process. It keeps itself away from the

essential and inherent aspects of physical production processes, which include errors and

waste. It also ignores the crucial role of management of sunk cost investments and the

relation of fixed overhead to variable costs. The primary objective of the production

function is to discuss efficiency in the best possible role of factor inputs in production

and then result to distribution of income to those factors.


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 65

Production function models can also be used to measure marginal productivity of

different factors. Production functions proposed by different authors used a term ―output‖

in their models to express the production of all factors. In the Cobb-Douglas production

function model, Y is the output or outcome of the capital and labour. In Cobb-Douglas

model output is a function of labour and capital.

Generally, it is believed that human beings have always tried to get better output

from fewer resources. For this purpose, human beings invented a number of products that

contributed a great deal of amounts to the well-being of human beings. It may be a

machine, medicine, or entertainment instrument.

Humphrey (1997) describes the whole phenomenon of production function and its

significance and concludes that a systematic and academic process to discover the

correlation between influencing factors of production came under discussion with the

beginning of industrial age. Production has a strong link with economics of the firm,

industry, and nations. Based on this observation, economists consider production function

and productivity their main area of research.

Humphrey has put forward the curiosity of economists on production function. It

is obvious from the efforts of people since 1767 until the early 1900s. Even in the current

era, it is one of the topics that is highly debated and has caught attention from economic

scholars, government officials, political leaders, and those in the business world.

Humphrey further pointed out the landmarks in the development of the production

function concept. Humphrey said that there is a great deal of academic work that defines

production function in terms of an equation well before the Cobb-Douglas production

function, which has attracted the attention of scholars and researchers. The history of
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 66

production function can be traced in the work of A.R.J. Turgot in 1767. Until the early

1900s, there were many people who proposed different concepts and models of

production function, e.g. Malthus's iron law of wages, Ricardo's rent theory, the trend of

relative income shares in a growing economy, the first-order conditions of optimal factor

hire, Euler's theory of adding-up. Humphrey further explains that all these efforts

revealed their secrets through the production function, and it is important to note that von

Thune and Wicksell had proposed the Cobb-Douglas production function prior to Cobb

and Douglas. Humphrey divides the emergence of production function into seven stages

even before the presentation of the Cobb-Douglas model in 1928. Humphrey writes:

Each stage saw production functions applied with increasing sophistication. First

was the idea of marginal productivity schedules as derivatives of a production

function. Then numerical marginal schedules came whose integrals constitute

particular functional forms indispensable in determining factor prices and relative

shares. Thirdly, there appeared the path of breaking initial statement of the

function in symbolic form. The fourth stage saw a mathematical production

function employed in an aggregate neoclassical growth model. The fifth stage

witnessed the flourishing of microeconomic production functions in derivations of

the marginal conditions of optimal factor hire. Sixth was the demonstration that

product exhaustion under marginal productivity requires production functions to

exhibit constant returns to scale at the point of competitive equilibrium. Last was

the proof that functions of the type later made famous by Cobb-Douglas satisfy

this very requirement. In short, macro and micro production functions and their

appurtenant concepts—marginal productivity, relative shares, first-order


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 67

conditions of factor hire, product exhaustion, homogeneity and the like—already

were well advanced when Cobb and Douglas arrived. (1997, p. 54)

The above statement depicts the level of concern of economists in modelling the

production function. Since the start of industrial era, people involved in production and

particularly economists have shown an excessive concern with production and factors

affecting production. There was continuous research in the past three centuries to have a

better knowledge of factors, which had a significant correlation with production.

At least 18 economists from seven countries over a span of 160 years either

presented or described such functions before Cobb-Douglas. Seen in this

perspective, Cobb-Douglas and his contemporary successors represent

culmination of a long tradition rather than the beginning of a new one. (Humphrey

1997, p. 78)

Humphrey has critically examined various production functions and their applications.

He found that in different parts of the world, people were deeply involved in the

academic study of production function. It shows a path along which production function

concept travelled in last three centuries from a single factor to multi factors and finally

aggregated production function. Efforts in the field of production function are one

necessary output of industrial revolution, which has aged almost 300 years.

Mishra (2007) divides the history of production functions into three main parts. It

starts from Adam Smith (or even before), an economist of a particular mind set proposing

that a society based on self-governing management, capitalistic ideology, self-interest

guided agents operating in an institutional framework of personal property, market

economy, competition, gathering of capital, etc., is most practicable and steady. In the
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 68

second phase, Karl Marx questioned the efficacy of the capitalistic system and put

forward his theory of socialism. In third phase, neoclassical scholars attempted to defend

the capitalistic approach.

Walrasian general, equilibrium, Pareto-optimality of the competitive economy,

aggregate production function, marginal productivity theory of distribution,

product exhaustion theorem, and ultimately Harrod's, Solow's and von Neumann's

paths to expansion are only some major lemmas to prove they said grand

proposition. (Mishra, 2007, p. 14)

After surveying the economics literature, two landmarks hit upon the history of

production functions: first, the Cobb-Douglas production function, and second, the Solow

model in 1928 and 1957, respectively. Douglas computed the index numbers of total

numbers of manual workers (L) employed in American manufacturing between 1899 and

1922. Douglas also compiled fixed capital (C) for the same period and expressed in

logarithmic terms on a chart. Douglas added the index of physical production. After

developing a curve he found that there was around one quarter of distance between the

curve for labour, which increased the least (to162), and the curve of capital which had

increased to the most (to 431). He took 1899 as the base year and allotted 100 to this

year. Charles W Cobb, a mathematician assisted Douglas to give all indices a shape of

following equation:

Y = ALaKß,

Where:

Y = total production (the monetary value of all goods produced in a year)


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 69

L = labour input

K = capital input

A, a, and ß are constants determined by technology.

The Cobb-Douglas production function is based on the assumption of constant

returns to scale, meaning that if labour and capital input increases by 10%, output (Y)

will increase with the same percentage. This model also tells that if:

a + ß < 1, returns to scale are decreasing, and if

a + ß > 1, returns to scale are increasing.

Based on this perfect competition assuming, a and ß are representatives of labour

and capital's share of output. Furthermore, the exponents a and ß are output elasticity

with respect to labour and capital, respectively. This model explains the responsiveness

of output to a change in levels of either labour or capital used in production. This model,

influenced by statistical evidence, assumes that share of labour and capital over a period

remains constant. Critic of this model believe that it is doubtful. However, Douglas once

again wrote about the significance of the production function, which they proposed in

1928. Douglas (1976) has quoted some further studies, which also supported their

assumption that labour and capital had approximately same share as it calculated first

time. ―The results of this study lend further corroboration to the accuracy of the

production function as a description of manufacturing production and as a determinant of

the distribution of the product—which is a separate but allied subject‖ (Douglas, 1976, p.

913). This study once again proved the usability of the Cobb-Douglas model. There is a
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 70

great deal of criticism on this model and probably Robinson (1953) is the strongest critic

of this model. Nonetheless, still many scholars feel that this production function is useful.

Sharpe (2002) tells the story of economic theory of productivity and the

production function. Sharpe says economic theory went forward a stage beginning from

simple framework, which based on certain assumptions and was quite inflexible and

sometimes unworkable. With the passage of time, certain assumptions removed and

many more factors incorporated. This is evident from the development in production

function, which eventually took place from 1950 to 1990. For example, the addition of

technology as a main factor along with capital and labour were important. The main

contributors are Robert Solow, Moses Abramovitz and Dale Jorgenson (Sharpe, 2002).

As discussed by Sharpe (2002), Solow made a thriving effort to assess the

contribution of technology in growth.

He [Solow] did not measure the contribution of technological change to economic

growth directly, but rather measured it as a residual after the contribution of

labour and capital had been calculated. Solow characterized this residual as a

measure of our ignorance. (Sharpe, 2002, p. 37)

In reality, this was an abstraction to make it simple and allow facilitation to production

model users, which focus on long-term growth. Solow described the unexplained growth

due to technology as TFP. Literature survey shows that Solow is probably one of the

earliest scholars who used TFP phrase in a particular context and did venture to measure

TFP with the help of mathematics, putting forward a systematic way to measure TFP.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 71

In recent years, a big change has occurred in production model assumption.

Landau, Taylor, and Wright (as cited by Sharpe, 2002) have divided these changes in

neoclassical models into five main areas, which are:

1. All firms work in a similar style in their endeavour to maximize profit

2. The neoclassical model also assumed perfect competition

3. The neoclassical model assumes that the secrets of technical progress are

available to all

4. The neoclassical model assumes that all industries are equally important

5. Recent research suggests that higher rates of accumulation and investment can

increase productivity growth, that there is no steady-state rate of growth and that

the inputs in the growth process act independently.

The above debate is an attempt to give a brief idea about the history of production

function. It seems that significance of production function is totally dependent on the

involvement of people in production functions. The contemporary era is called a

production era. Every day, manufacturers offer new products to satisfy the essential needs

and demands of people. Nevertheless, it is obvious from the above discussion that a

systematic study of factors affecting production or output has a history of nearly 300

years. The conclusion of the discussion can be that change in the production function

models is a continuous phenomenon. This is because there is a regular, continuous, and

drastic change in the business environment.


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 72

2.5 Total Factor Productivity: A Discrete Concept

―Total Factor Productivity is a very old and perhaps obsolete concept in

economics growth and development‖ (Chen, 1997, p. 20). Chen further expressed that

Tinbergen, a German economist, introduced this concept in 1942 and in 1957 Solow put

forward TFP concept through his empirical work and proposed a production model.

Solow model is a great breakthrough in the history of economics. However, there is a

never-ending debate in the economic literature about the origination of the TFP concept.

Many others measured, discussed, and promoted the TFP concept before Solow. Chen

has given a list of different authors who have worked and published their works on TFP

before Solow. Chen‘s statement supports the theme that TFP is one of the topics that has

been under discussion for a long time. ―Solow's 1957 paper was not so original, ‗not the

question, nor the data, nor the conclusion‘… The ‗new wrinkle‘ was the explicit

integration of economic theory into such a calculation and the use of calculus‖ (Chen,

1997, p. 20). This expression also supports the view that people were aware about the

TFP concept and its significance in the world of economics even before the presentation

of Solow Model. However, Solow gave an organised shape to this concept.

Uri (1984) defines the ―TFP as the residual of output growth not explained by the

weighted sum of growth in factor inputs (i.e. labour and capital)‖ (p. 555). This is the

exact definition proposed by Solow. In his model, he developed a method to distant

productivity growth due to technology from capital and labour. Besides the fact that

much studies about TFP halted after 1970s. In 1980s, supplementary stress was laid upon

labour and capital productivity. After 1990s, there is extra attention on this ―obsolete‖

topic, which has gained the full momentum everywhere. Today there is a tough
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 73

competition among nations to earn better TFP capacity and to rank well in the global

business world (Chen, 1997).

This discussion elaborates that TFP is an old concept and many people have

discussed this topic for many decades. Nevertheless, in the third quarter of the 20th

century TFP lost its importance, and other areas like quality of labour and capital were

moved ahead, as stated by Chen. During this period, however, the productivity concept

and its significance regressed, and more talks were made about the quality, which was the

most discussed topic in the fourth quarter of 20th century. However, it gained a

momentum once again in the late 1990s, and today, there is great attention to this topic. It

has becomes one of the most discussed topics in literature as well as in business world,

according to Chen.

―TFP is interpreted in the literature in different, mutually contradictory ways‖

(Lipsey and Carlaw, 2004, p. 1118). For example, Parente and Prescott (1994) and Hall

and Jones (1999) have put forward that TFP indicates people‘s living standard. It tells

about the prosperity of a country and shows performance of firms and industries.

Nevertheless, there is a recognized variation in the level of TFP among different

countries. Different authors have discussed two common reasons of variation — one

related to technology, capital, skill, etc., and the other belongs to government policies,

plans, transparency, level of corruption, availability of the institutes, focus of leadership,

social infrastructure, etc.

The aforementioned two reasons are interdependent. Accessibility of skilled work

force, modern technology, and useable knowledge are main contributors to TFP. On the

other hand, no one can ignore the role of government because it provides a platform to
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 74

attain skill, technology, and knowledge. Availability of technology depends upon the

government policies because the government is to facilitate firms in order to have better

technology, high skill, capital accumulation, and creation of knowledge. It looks that TFP

is a result of solid efforts of the industry, academia, and government, so it is impossible

to encompass a better TFP without a critical support from all three main partners.

Hulten (2000) explains the role of technology and capital in empirical growth

analysis. Hulten says that there are two main areas or tasks before the growth economist.

First, he must take into account the historical data of input and output, and, second, he

must assess the impact of technology or share of growth due to technological up

gradation. There is a discussion of source of growth analysis, which is the ―intellectual

framework‖ of TFP residual. It gives the whole concept of the TFP survey. This shows

that TFP is the area that remained the core subject matter of economists and their efforts

to analyse the reasons of growth has the points of diversity. It seems that with the passage

of time, the point of difference in measuring TFP and the reasons of growth is becoming

wider as it is observable from different TFP measurement efforts.

A vast empirical literature has attempted to sort out the capital-technology

dichotomy, but no clear assessment has emerged. Many of early studies favoured

productivity as the main explanation of output growth, and this view continue in

the ‗official‘ productivity statistics produced by Bureau of Labour Statistics.

(Hulten, 2000, p.2)

―Output per unit input, or TFP, is not deeply theoretical concept rather it is an

implicit part of a circular income flow model‖ (Hulten, 2000, p. 4). In this model, product

market establishes the price of the product (Pt) and the quantity (Qt) sold to the
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 75

consumers. The total value, which is Pt Qt, is equal to the expenditures of the consumer

and revenue of the producer. On the other hand, the factor market establishes the quantity

and price of input (labour and capital). Producers forfeit these factors and this amount is

equal to the gross income of the consumer. In this way, two markets are interconnected

with each other based on equality of revenue and cost; revenue for producer and cost for

consumer. This leads to the GDP index (Hulten, 2000). Hulten further argued that

economic well-being originating from the quality and quantity of consumed goods and

services is not the total used up because prices change from time to time, and ultimately

there will also be a change in the value of cost and revenue. The argument leads towards

an agreement of the TFP, which Hulten noted is not theoretical.

Contrary to economists who define TFP as a residual of growth, there is another

school of thought that takes TFP into account in a different way. Those in this school of

thought include Sumanth, Sink, and the American Production Centre. They take TFP as a

ratio of total tangible input and total tangible output. They convert the entire inputs and

outputs in monetary terms and weigh up the ratio. This approach is also much criticised,

and the main objection is the conversion of volume of input and output in dollar value, so

it is reasonable that the cost of inputs and price of output depend upon many factors that

are mostly not in the control of producers. Hulten tries to answer this problem and gives

suggestions that there should be an accounting model based on the volume keeping prices

constant and using any base year prices for valuing current input and output. It is a hope

that this model would hold a finer image of the TFP of the economy at macro level and of

a firm at micro level. The following items summarize the Hulten‘s observation of TFP:
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 76

1. The residual captures changes for output that can produce by a given quantity of

input.

2. Many factors may cause shift in TFP: technical innovation, organisational and

institutional change, shift in social attitude etc.

3. To the extent that the innovation affects, is the costless part of technical change

that it captures.

4. Various factors comprising the TFP do not measure directly, but lump together as

residual ―left over‖ factors.

5. When different assumptions meet, the residual is a valid measure for shift in the

production function however, it normally understates the importance of

productivity change in stimulating the growth of output. It is because the shift in

the function generally induces further movement along the function as capital

increases.

The discussion renders TFP as a concept, which has been the talk of economists

for a long time. Two main schools of thoughts take TFP in a different way. One takes it

as an unexplained contribution in productivity growth, and the other thinks of it as a ratio

of tangible output to tangible inputs. The coming pages discuss the variation in the TFP

concept.

2.6 A Critical View of Production Function and TFP

There is criticism on production function, most likely in the strongest manner

from Robinson: ―Moreover, the production function has become a powerful instrument of

miseducation‖ (1953, p. 81). Mishra (2007) concludes that Karl Max questioned the
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 77

classical thoughts, and eventually neoclassical thoughts came forward to defend classical

approaches. Finally, the neoclassical era ended in the 1970s with capital controversies

that opened several new avenues of production function. Prescott (1998) supports this

observation by putting a question in order to build up a new theory of TFP. Title of the

question is ―Needed: A theory of TFP.‖

The previous paragraphs show that TFP has been a well-recognised concept by

the economists for a long time and its significance is a well known, accepted fact.

However, at the same time a lot of controversy came with TFP. One of the major

controversies is the method of measuring TFP. As it is expressed by (Hulten, 2000), there

is another source of controversy arising from sins of ―omission‖ instead of

―commission‖. An economic critique points to unmeasured gains in product quality,

while an environmental critique points to the unmeasured cost of growth. TFP is one of

the topics that has been a concern among economists. Its importance was quite high in the

past and today it is one of topics that have attained the attention of almost all and sundry

economists, and there are number of studies to measure TFP of different economies.

Nevertheless, the main difference, which was clearly observed, is the methods and

techniques of measurement (Humphrey 1997; Mishra 2007; Prescott 1998; Robinson

1953).

Recently a conference criticising the Aggregate Theory with the title ―Economic

Growth and Distribution: on the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations‖ was held.

In this conference, Felipe and McCombie (2007) criticised the thoughts of Prescott, who

put forward that there was a strong need to develop a theory of TFP. However, they
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 78

raised another question about the difference between rich and poor country in the

following words:

With the revival of the interest in growth theory since the 1980s, and, in

particular, the interest in applied work in this area, economists have returned to

the important question of why some countries are richer than others (p.196).

Is there a need for a theory that may identify the reason why some countries are

rich and others poor? To answer this question Prescott says that there is a need of another

theory of TFP, while Felipe and McCombie are of the view that the neoclassical growth

model is sufficient to answer this question. However, there is a problem with the

calculation of TFP. They write

We conclude that the tautological nature of the estimates of TFP lies at the heart

of an important question that the empirical literature on economic growth has

been dealing with during recent years. Hence, our arguments cast doubt on the

need for a theory of TFP.

After 1980, there is a great concern about the growth in economics and disparity

between rich and poor. People are trying to find out the answer of this question, and one

view is that this is due to the difference in TFP. This shows how TFP is associated with

the prosperity of nations.

Why is a concept as theoretically and empirically bankrupt as TFP so widely

embraced not only by mainstream development analysis but even by some

ecological economists? To answer this question requires analysis of the anti-

ecological ideologies and mystifications generated by capital production relations.

(Burkett, 2006, p. 184)


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 79

Burkett (2006) has developed a link between production function and

productivity. Burkett said that there is a growing ecological appraisal of the TFP concept.

In addition, TFP has a theoretical base, which connect it with aggregate production

function and which expresses in mathematical form showing output of different factors

employed in production function. It also tells the share of dissimilar factors, mainly

labour and capital in the output. While TFP growth is the amount of output growth,

which factors of input (also called residual) is not explained. Most commonly, TFP

growth is considered an upgrade in collective productivity of factor inputs, as driven by

the disembodied technological change. These factors are quite independent, they do not

influence other factors, and as a result, other factors also do not influence them.

―Generally speaking, there are two approaches to measuring TFP: the explicit use

of an aggregate production function for econometric estimations, and national income or

growth accounting approach which used discrete data and assume an aggregate

production implicitly‖ (Chen 1997, p. 20). TFP as a residual in growth accounting is an

arbitrary concept. Strictly speaking, it confines to disembodied exogenous and Hick-

neutral technological changes (Chen, 1997).

A trend is rising in the interest of measuring productivity at firm, plant or division

level. However, there are many difficulties attached with this measurement. Many

underlying assumptions are there that need satisfaction. There are several methods to

measure TFP, which should be acceptable to all (Soriano, Rao and Coelli 2003). This is

one of the questions when TFP is measured at firm level, division, or plant level.

Fare and Zelenyuk (2003) did efforts to solve this issue, and established a new

method in aggregating Farrell efficiency measures, and finally suggested some


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 80

conditions, which are necessary to estimate aggregate efficiency by using firm level

efficiency. Fare and Zelenyuk (2003, p. 616) write, ―To define the industry revenue

function and obtain an aggregation theorem, it is crucial that all firms face the same

output price vector.‖ It is not possible that in real business firms, which are producing

the same product, would have the same prices. Obviously, there is a difference in prices

and definitely a difference in cost of inputs. Aggregation of efficiency is only possible by

giving a relaxation in output prices (Soriano, Rao, and Coelli, 2003).

There are two assumptions that are used to get aggregate efficiency of different

firms. The first assumption states that all firms are equal in fixing on one price system

that is similar, whereas the second assumption says that, there is no reallocation of

resources. Without having these two assumptions, it is difficult to aggregate the

efficiencies (Soriano et al., 2003). This all discussion shows that TFP concept, which

originally was used for economies at nation level, can be used at the firm level, too. It

supports the concept that TFP, which originated to assess the performance of any

country, trickles down to the firm level.

But the aggregate production function is only a little less legitimate a concept that,

say, the aggregate consumption function, and some kinds of long-run macro

models, it is almost as indispensable as the alter for short run. As long as we insist

on practicing macro-economics we shall need aggregate relationship. (Solow,

1957, p. 312)

In previous pages, a discussion was made about factors responsible for better

productivity. Solow is the first author who put forward a simple way to measure the

effect of technological changes by using U.S. manufacturing data from 1909 to 1949. The
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 81

proposed production function by Solow is well recognised and much cited. This all shows

the significance of TFP (aggregate function) at macro level. Nevertheless, Nadiri (1970)

has put serious questions on the models of production function, questioning how changes

could measure due to technical alterations. Nevertheless, there are serious flaws taken

together in aggregate production function and doubts are quite high about its existence

and use for empirical studies. Even now, there is not an appropriate method to evaluate

the enormity and stability of its parameters. According to Nadiri (1970), there is evidence

which suggests that the specification of the form of the aggregate production function is

of secondary significance and not contribute significantly in the explanation of the

residual. This statement supports the idea of Robinson (1953), who said that aggregate

production had led us to miseducation about the whole process.

Though debate sheds light on the aggregate production function, which is the base

for all the models of production function, it is not acceptable to everyone because there

are many shortcomings in this model. Regardless, many authors and researchers are using

it continuously. Not all of the above discussion clarifies the differences among

economist who are discussing TFP and aggregate function. The purpose of the discussion

is to have an idea about the kind and level of difference among economists.

2.7 Significance of TFP in Economic Perspective

A positive and sustainable growth is the ultimate target for economies at macro

level and for firms at micro level. Particularly, its significance has increased in the

current scenario where globalisation has removed the economic borders and firms are

working in a global environment. Felipe (1997) elaborates the sources of growth and
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 82

concludes that primarily, growth stems from two sources: factor accumulation and

productivity growth. The importance of these two components is highly debated by both

fundamentalist and assimilation theorists. Felipe further explains that TFP is a

neoclassical concept that attempts to measure productivity, taking into account all factors

of production; thus, the underlying assumption is that labour is not the only input

(classical Ricardian labour theory of value). Second, TFP is a notion linked to the

aggregate production function, a neoclassical tool. Productivity, per se, is a technical

concept that refers to a ratio of output to input, in other words a measure of efficiency.

When referring to a single input (i.e. partial productivity), typically labour (Q/L), the

notion of productivity does not pose any problem. However, when more than one input is

to be taken into account (e.g., labour and capital), the problem that arises is how to weigh

each factor in the quotient. The arguments put forward by Felipe back up the viewpoint

of Hulten, who has been talked about in previous sections. Both are of the view that there

is a debate about the contribution factors in TFP. Both have the same opinion of the value

of TFP in contemporary scenario.

Cororaton (2002) wrote that the World Bank Economic Review has shown up the

significance of TFP. It has also published a series of its publications on the topic that

highlight the essential role of TFP in movement of economic growth in different

economies. The research seeks out the decisive role of factor accumulation in economic

growth while identifying some additional factors, which contribute significantly to the

economic growth of different countries. TFP is one of these factors. TFP, as a residual,

could be due to many factors. These may be the role of technology, better skill of

workers, strong infrastructure, established organization, and effective ways of turning


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 83

raw material into finished goods. Many authors have tried to incorporate these factors in

the growth of economies. Arguments by Cororaton support the debate about the role of

different factors in the uplift of TFP. In addition, Cororaton does not ignore the role of

factor accumulation and, at the same time, gives credit to technology and skill of the

workers.

The TFP gap among the developed countries, which was quite large around 1870,

is narrowing. As written by Greasley and Madsen (2006, p.527), ―Wide productivity

variation existed around 1870 and thereafter that technological congruence lessened the

gaps over the course of the twentieth century‖. Solow supported this argument, saying

that growth model, which predicts the gap between developed and underdeveloped

countries is becoming narrow. Greasley and Madsen (2006, p. 527), write,

This paradigm highlights the erosion of British and most especially of U.S.

productivity leadership, as trade, and circulation of capital, labour, and

knowledge, especially advantaged a group of socially capable followers,

particularly those countries with institutions and policy regimes which fostered

investment, work, and efficiency.

Felipe (1997) did a survey of the empirical literature on TFP and sources of

growth in East Asia. Felipe concludes that these studies build up awareness of

productivity in these countries. However, at the same time the theoretical concept of TFP

is rather weak and it generates many problems. Based on this, it seems as if the whole

studies were less reliable since different authors concluded different results from the

same data. Ultimately, there was a big variation in results from the same countries and

same periods. This variation may be due to the assumptions, data sources, methods, and
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 84

techniques to process data. The discussion in foregoing lines points out another problem

with the TFP concept. The conclusion can be that there is a dire need for another theory

to assess the economic growth of a country, as said by Prescott.

2.8 Sources of TFP Growth

How can people have a better TFP? A question arises. From time to time, many

economists have tried to respond to this, but it is all in vain. The economists divide on the

question of what is the source of TFP growth. Keeping this in mind, a sum up of views of

a few authors, who describe different reasons of growth, is presented below.

Hulten (2000) examines the economic growth of the U.S. and concludes that there

is a remarkable growth in TFP of U.S. in the last two centuries. However, this growth rate

is not smooth; rather it has an average growth of 1.7%. Having made much effort to

identify the reasons for the growth, people finally came up with different theories and

models. Some attached this growth with the growth of technology and organisational set

ups. Hulten further highlights that Marxian and neoclassical theories are of the view that

this growth is due to better productivity, which is the result of technology and

development of organisational structures. Another group considers investment in human

capital, knowledge, and in fixed capital as the reasons for growth. One thing is obvious

from all above discussion: There is a possible resemblance between the theories. The first

group that relates to the growth in TFP with the technology and organisational

development is the result of investment used to develop human capital and fixed capital.

Both theories have their own parameters.


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 85

Baier, Dwyer, and Tamura (2002) summed up the result of a vast survey and put

forward the results. Results of survey show that out of 145 countries, 24 had 8% average

output growth per worker associated with TFP growth. They divide TFP growth into nine

different regions, and out of these regions, TFP growth accounted for about 20% of

average output growth in three regions and between 10% and 14% in three other regions.

In rest of three other regions, TFP growth is negative on average. It shows that it is not

necessary all factors contribute positively. In fact, there is a big variation in contribution

by different factors in different countries. However, an average 8% labour productivity

growth associated with TFP shows that the rest of the growth is a result of other factors.

These may be due to technology, knowledge, accumulation factors, etc. This is a very

common question that how much growth in TFP is due to growth in workers‘

productivity and due to change in technology, institutional changes, and other factors.

Baier et al. (2002) further explained that there was much dissimilarity in the contribution

percentage. It starts from 34% and goes to negative input in some countries. However,

the role of different factors has not underlined. Accordingly, divergent factors in TFP

have glimpsed.

Giandrea (2006) has elaborated that a merger is another source of TFP growth.

Giandrea states that during last decades of the 20th century, firms began to undertake

horizontal mergers in order to perk up TFP. Nearly 28,816 mergers took place only in the

U.S. during 1996-2005. The idea was that merger is a most suitable method to improve

TFP. Giandrea concludes that many studies show that these mergers have contributed in

achieving objectives and the main target was to achieve high TFP. However, at the same

time it reduced the competition among firms, while competition is a basic motive for
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 86

enhancing TFP. Since competition stirs up firms to adopt policies of cost cutting and

investment to get over the value of goods, it has shown that there is a positive correlation

between merger and TFP. Nevertheless, its impact varies from industry to industry

depending upon size, area, types of products etc. Merger is one of the sources of TFP that

boost up capital, both human and physical. It also furnishes superior access to technology

offering synergy to the production function.

There is a continuous debate among researchers about the role of capital in TFP.

Sometime it was overestimated. Stainer (1997) verifies this observation. He broadens

understanding by saying that many researches show when in U.S., productivity was low,

and capital investment was quite high and in some cases role of capital in productivity

overrated. Stainer further squeezes out that in the case of the U.S. and UK; decline in

productivity observed even there was an increase in capital investment. Moreover, if

there is an improvement in productivity hardly it is 10% due to capital. In this report, TFP

appears to yield a complete view of the industry since it takes all quantitative factors of

inputs and outputs. In addition, an effort to quantify the correlation between TFP and

several other factors has also made out. Determination of factors affecting TFP of the

industry can exercise to improve productivity. Stainer insists on a balance approach to

have better productivity. It seems that share of labour and capital for a better productivity

cannot be substitutes of each other; rather, they complement each other and at the same

time, other factors like government policies and organisational structure cannot be

overlooked.

Prescott (1998) investigates a big difference in income level of different countries

during 1996-2005. Prescott also points out a huge gap between labour productivity of a
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 87

rich and poor country, e.g. a worker of U.S. is 20 to 30 times more productive than a poor

country like Nigeria. There is even a big gap between the labour productivity within a

country among different firms. Many people argue the difference is due to capital and

technology but this is not imperative, the most important reason is the difference in TFP.

Prescott‘s argument based on this observation gave a new dimension to the significance

of TFP in the economics of the world. Prescott urges to develop a new thinking about

TFP to find out the actual reasons of the variation in productivity across the different

countries and firms. There are many ways to determine labour productivity not directly

but also indirectly by determining capital per worker (Prescott, 1998). Prescott

emphasizes to develop a new theory of TFP and for this purpose; he presents facts from

the industrial data. According to him, there is a huge difference in TFP across the

countries other than physical stock and technology differences. Prescott introduced a new

area for research in which reasons of discrimination are recognizable between poor and

rich countries. Prescott does not agree with the notion that capital per worker is one of the

reasons, rather he says, that large differences in output per worker that cannot be

accounted for by difference in capital per worker is the difference in TFP. Prescott further

states there is a direct link between capital per worker and TFP and it is obvious from the

level of TFP in rich countries.

Erosa and Hidalgo (2007) have also talked about the issue of a gap between poor

and rich countries. According to them, three main factors cause the gap: low down

aggregate in TFP, big differences in output per worker across industries, and high

employment shares in sectors with the lowest labour productivity. Besides having
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 88

discussed more grounds for the factors, they gave evidence by using capital market as an

indicator.

This discussion leads to the addition of many other causes of disparity between

poor and rich. Every proposed factor has a contribution, and it is not easy to make one or

few factors responsible for the gap. However, it looks that every factor (TFP, human

capital technology, capital per worker, worker productivity, skill, knowledge, physical

capital, government policies) has its own sharing. Nevertheless, share percentage varies

from country to country and firm to firm. It is evident, from the findings of Prescott

(1998), Erosa and Cabrillana (2007), Felipe and McCombie (2007), Greasley and Madsen

(2006), Grosskopf and Self (2006), and Giandrea (2006).

Sharpe (2002, p. 39) has identified following seven areas of productivity growth:

1. Rate of technical progress

2. Investment in physical capital

3. Quality of workforce

4. Size and quality of natural resources

5. Industrial structure and intersectional shifts

6. Macroeconomic environment

7. Microeconomics policy environment

Oguchi (2004) identifies and evaluates the role of TFP in economic prosperity of

the countries and verifies that TFP growth played a vital role in economic growth of most

economies while maturity in the quality of labour contributed greatly to economic

growth. In addition to that, accumulation of capital also was another factor that chipped
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 89

in to the economic growth. Finally, impact of capital became more significant when it

allocated to sectors that were more productive, Oguchi concluded.

A big discussion is also there about the role of technology in the change of TFP

values. Change in TFP is a result of change in returns that is much higher than the

opportunity cost of all activities, not technology alone. There is no chance that

technological change can precede without change in TFP. Both are interdependent and

difficult to separate (Lipsey and Carlaw, 2004). Economic literature points out three main

sources of TFP growth: physical capital, human capital, and technology. In traditional

growth model, investment in physical stocks is considered the most robust source of TFP

growth. After 1960, human capital captured the focus of people as being one of the most

effective growth sources. The literature also illustrates that after 1960, human capital was

a major source. Far East financial crises also proved it, showing that growth based on

factor accumulation was not as strong as based on human capital (Grosskopf and Self,

2006). Research by Grosskopf and Self also supports the argument of Stainer (1997),

who says that the bases of TFP growth are turning human capital reliance into other

factors. The physical capital does not provide the required support in all cases and all the

times.

The above discussion converges on one point that TFP growth is the reason for

economic growth. For a higher TFP, physical capital, human capital, and technology are

the primary contributors. Adding on to that, the author of this report asserts that although

there is a no denial of above stated factors, some important factors are missing. These

factors are qualitative in nature and are not of less value though measurement in

performing of their role is quite difficult. These factors are:


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 90

1. Government policies

2. Level of corruption in society

3. Political stability

4. Over all attitude of people towards work

5. Level of education

6. Historical background of nations

7. Law and order situation

8. Collective destination of country

9. Awareness about human dignity

10. Recognition of achievements

11. Respect for work

The factors given above are not conclusive in nature. There might be a number of

other factors, but one thing is sure; high TFP is a result of cohesive and comprehensive

effort.

2.9 TFP and Industrial Engineers / Business Managers

The above discussion depicts the history of TFP, which starts as a production

function and ends with neoclassical models. Economists whose emphasis was to identify

the factors mainly worked on TFP. There is a continuous development in the models of

the production function starting from a simple mathematical equation. It is evident from

the Cobb-Douglas model, which says that capital and labour are main contributors. Solow

modified it and added technology as a factor, which he called residual, or the growth

unexplained by capital and labour growth. In the last, Prescott demanded to consider TFP
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 91

theory to explain the current era growth and finally Landau, R., T. Taylor, and G. Wright

(as cited by Sharpe, 2002) introduced five more areas in production model. On the other

hand, a group of people defines TFP in a different approach. In this part of the chapter, a

discussion will cover the TFP concept, described by different authors who view TFP

from a different angle.

In TFP-related literature, there is another definition of TFP, which is very

different from the concept proposed by economists since the start of the industrial era. It

is a ratio of total tangible output and total tangible input as defined by Sumanth; Sink,

Craig, and Harris; Kendrick; Office of National Statistics; and American Productivity

Center. This definition is quite different from the most common definition mainly put

forward by economists. As seen in previous paragraphs TFP is considered as the residual

of the growth which other factors are not able to explain. It is the growth that embodies

technological and organizational contribution. In the following lines, there is a discussion

about this dimension of TFP.

Mahadevan (2002) explains the meanings of partial, multi and total factors

productivity in a different way. Partial productivity indicates the output contributed by a

single factor of production, like labour hours employed to produce a certain number of

shirts in a clothing mill. The multi factor productivity considers the joint use of the all

production inputs. Dissimilarity between TFP and multifactor productivity is that the

latter includes the joint productivity of labour, capital, and intermediate inputs, and the

former considers the joint productivity of labour and capital only (Mahadevan 2002).
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 92

Though people commonly use the terms multi and total factor productivity in

literature in order to interchange with each other, there is a great need to have a clear

point while considering these terms.

The official publication of the Office for National Statistics (ONS) which is the

agency of UK government has explicated the diversity between multi factor productivity

(MFP) and TFP. The ONS is responsible for compiling, analysing, and disseminating

economic, social, and demographic statistics about the UK. The agency takes ―multi

factor productivity as the residual contribution to output growth of an industry or

economy after calculating the contribution from all of its factor inputs. It is also

sometimes called Total Factor Productivity‖ (Camus, 2007, p. 182). Camus further

explains:

MFP can also be viewed as the unexplained difference between the growth in cost

of inputs and the growth in cost of output. MFP (Multi-factor productivity) –

sometimes called total-factor productivity (TFP) or growth accounting, apportions

growth in output to growth in the factor inputs, capital and labour, and growth in a

residual that represents disembodied technical change. Examples of such change

are increased knowledge through research and development (R&D) or

improvements in organisational structure or management.

It seems that there is a big difference in the meaning of MFP and TFP among the

two well-known and established organizations, the Asian Productivity Organization and

Office of National Statistics. This confusion has led some to differentiate between MFP

and TFP. Sink (1985) has also increased the level of difference. He introduced new

terminology to express the MFP and TFP and proposed Multi Factor Productivity
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 93

Measuring Model (MFPMM), which according to him takes all input as denominator and

used to asses the ratio between total output and total input. This is similar to the model

named total productivity proposed by Sumanth (1990). National Productivity Corporation

(1999) has also explained that TFP measures the synergy and efficiency of the utilisation

of both capital and human resources. It is also regarded as a measure of the degree of

technological advancement associated with economic growth. Higher TFP growth

indicates efficient utilisation and management of resources, materials and inputs

necessary for the production of goods and services. Sumanth (1990) and the American

Productivity Center both have developed their TFP model on this definition. According

to Felipe (1997), TFP is an attempt to measure productivity taking into account all factors

of production. Thus, the underlying assumption is that labour is not the only input

(classical Ricardian labour theory of value). Second, TFP is a notion linked to the

aggregate production function, a neoclassical tool. Productivity, per se, is a technical

concept that refers to a ratio of output to input; in other words, a measure of efficiency.

When referring to a single input (i.e. partial productivity), typically labour (Q/L), the

notion of productivity does not pose any problem. However, when more than one input is

to be taken into account (e.g., labour and capital), the problem that arises is how to

weight each factor in the quotient, Felipe concludes.

Lipsey and Carlaw (2001, p. 3) investigated in depth different definitions and

concepts of TFP and finally concluded that:

One group holds that changes in TFP measure the rate of technical change (Law,

Statscan, Krugman, and Young). We refer to this as the ―conventional view‖. The

second group holds that TFP measures only the free lunches of technical change,
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 94

which are mainly associated with externalities and scale effects (Jorgenson and

Griliches). The third group is sceptical that TFP measures anything useful

(Metcalf and Griliches). (2001, p. 3)

Sargent and Rodriguez (2000) have compared labour productivity and TFP.

According to them, both academics and policy makers commonly use the two competing

measures of productivity, which are labour productivity, an output per hour; and TFP,

which measures net productivity of the contribution of capital. They further state that

both measures have their own place, and that neither tells the whole story. TFP is more

useful over the long run, assuming that one is confident about the underlying growth

process and the quality of capital stock data. Labour productivity is more reliable in the

short run, when there is doubt about the underlying growth process, or when capital stock

data are unreliable. This statement reinforces the observation that there is no absolute

measuring system suitable for every condition.

Author of this report summarizes all above discussion in following points:

1. Production function is a very important concept that describes the relationship

between output and input assuming that firm is operating with highest efficiency

and after assuming that engineering problems have resolved. Nevertheless, in real

world, there is no chance that all engineering problems are solved and firm is not

facing any technical or engineering problem in its function.

2. History of production function is full of struggle of changes, introducing new

ideas, commenting on old adages, discovering new ways, presenting new models,

creating discrimination between poor and rich and so on (Humphrey, 1997;

Mishra, 2007).
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 95

3. Going back to the olden times, one can find that nearly 18 economists from seven

countries over a span of 160 years before Cobb Douglas discussed production

function as said by (Humphrey (1997).

4. Mishra (2007) divides history of production function into three main periods (1)

Adam Smith era or even before, (2) Carl Max time and (3) Neoclassical period to

defend capitalistic theory. Paul Douglas used data to create index that became the

base of Cobb-Douglas function model. Robert Solow Model (1957) explains the

share of technology in the theory.

5. Needed: Theory of TFP by Prescott (1998) was presented which initiated a

debate among economists.

6. Five more areas added to production models proposed by Landau, R., T. Taylor,

and G. Wright (as cited by Sharpe 2002)

7. TFP has two broad definitions; one it is a ―residual‖ or the growth embodied due

to factors, mainly technology other than capital and labour (Solow 1957) and next

describes the ratio of all inputs to all outputs (proposed by Sink, Sumanth, Hines,

Kendrick and Creamer, Craig and Harris, Office of National Statistics with minor

difference in nomenclature of terms).

8. TFP proposed by economists mainly used for long-term data analyst. Whereas,

TFP proposed by industrial engineers can be used for cross sectional data, as

proposed by Lipsey and Carlaw (2001).

9. There is a little attention of the researcher to identify the role of attitude of the

people. Parente and Prescott (1994) and Hall and Jones (1999) have mentioned
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 96

role of institution, corruption level, transparency in the growth of TFP but they

have ignored other qualitative factors that could hamper TFP growth.

10. It is proposed that there should be studies to assess the correlation between TFP

growth and the attitude, behaviours, preferences, culture, norms, values and even

religious beliefs etc.

2.10 Productivity Measuring Approaches and Their Assumptions

The concept of production function was discussed in the previous part of this

chapter, which explained the meaning and definition of TFP. This part also discussed

how it emerged from economic background to the side of industrial management.

Summarizing it the two broader definitions of TFP found, as per Solow, it is residual of

productivity growth unexplained by capital and labour input growth and as a ratio of total

tangible input and total tangible output as taken by Sink, Craig and Harris, and Sumanth.

Both schools of thoughts have shown their own concern about the TFP measurement

complexities. This part of the chapter has been dedicated to thrash out different

approaches to measure productivity. The intention of this debate is to comprehend

different ways and techniques to measure productivity at firm, industry and national

level. Additionally, criticism of different authors will put forward different productivity

measurement techniques. Moreover, this part will also cover classification of productivity

measuring methods.

Generally, people agree that productivity measurement is critical for economic

development. A very common and unanswered question in this regard is the availability

of most apposite methods to measure productivity. This question is becoming more


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 97

essential to be answered in the present scenario due to rapid and unexpected changes in

the world, particularly in the world of business. The volatile nature of the business world

has impeded the productivity measurement process to some extent. Based on its

significance for economic development, it now has become a challenge for the researcher

to build up a new and a comprehensive model. The literature survey bears out that it is an

unending story because the prime contribution in the business world is uncertainty, which

compels researchers to investigate such a productivity measurement method, which could

fulfil requirements of obtaining an accurate measurement.

In addition to that, factors affecting productivity level are increasing day by day,

and they create a big hurdle to cover all factors while measuring productivity. ―It is a

popular game among the researchers to find a suitable measure for denoting the

effectiveness of a set of manufacturing circumstances and using this measure to monitor

the changes‖ (Stark and Bottoms, 1980, p. 100). Many authors have recommended a

number of ways to measure productivity that are accessible in the literature. Selection of

technique and method to measure productivity is the most critical step. ―The range of

measurement approaches and measurement tools is quite large. As with other

productivity tools, the choice of an appropriate tool depends on the nature, scale, level

and phase of the investigation. There are even ‗political‘ considerations‖ (McKee, 2003,

p. 138). As expressed by McKee, selection of tools depends upon many factors. Based on

the observation it can assume that wrong selection of tools may cause some wrong

effects.

―Productivity estimates must be considered as approximate rather than precise‖

(Industry Commission, 1997, p. 28). Industry Commission further says, ―Measurement of


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 98

productivity is not an exact science. There is a range of important, but not fatal, technical

difficulties in measurement. Claims of precision in measurement of productivity are

inappropriate, especially at the national level‖. Industry Commission also discusses that

―productivity measures cover the market sector rather than the whole economy‖. The

above discussion establishes a view that one should never expect a high level of precision

while measuring productivity, as it is just estimation. No one can deem entire results as

incorrect; rather, one can say that results may be biased and based on some extraneous

data. This might be because there are several factors that can alter the situation and

generally intricate to identify the exact cause of change. For example, modern technology

can increase labour productivity and with passage of time, skill of workers will also be

increasing. At the end of the day, it would be highly difficult to estimate exactly the share

percentage of technology and learned skill of workers in high productivity. There are

several other questions like that which have been put forward by different authors. On the

other hand, various scholars and even institutions are trying to resolve and solve this

complication. Nonetheless, the productivity measuring is an ongoing process and as said

by Nadiri might end one day.

Maital and Vaninsky (2000) have pointed out a serious flaw in the productivity

measuring techniques. Maital and Vaninsky further acknowledge that commonly used

approaches may lead to results contradictory to straightforward economic reasoning, and

hence generating paradoxes. Moreover, they argue that there is a well-known paradox in

the literature of economics related to structural changes. The structural changes can

increase in the relative weight of inexpensive goods formally to generate an increase in

an average price. The work of Maital and Vaninsky tells that there is major confusion
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 99

attached with the modern measurement of productivity, which is based on structural

changes. This entire debate advocates that prior to studying and applying productivity

measurement process, it is mandatory to be ready to accept the outcome that the results

estimated are not fully correct. A hope survives that if the productivity of any firm or

industry is better, one can apply any method or technique to measure it and the results

will not be different. This can be explained with the help of an example of a natural scene

in which the viewer might see it as beautiful from his one angle he is using. ―All

measures of productivity considered are credible in the sense that highly productive

plants, regardless of measure, are clearly more profitable, less likely to close, and grow

faster‖ (Dwyer, 1996, p. 13). Dwyer‘s thoughts support the theme that a beautiful picture

always gives a better look irrespective the angle of observation.

2.11 Productivity Measurement and Its Classification

Several scholars have classified productivity-measuring techniques into different

classes and types in a diverse way. Difference in views might be due to many reasons but

the most appropriate reason could be the complexities associated with a productivity

measurement system. Based on this observation, classification of productivity measuring

techniques gives a blurred picture that is sometimes confusing. According to Maital and

Vaninsky, productivity measurement leads to some confusion and a paradox. Murugesh

et al. (1997) classified a productivity approaches into two main aspects, which is based

on a broad literature survey on productivity studies in manufacturing systems over the

last 20 years revealed:


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 100

1. The effort on productivity in the initial days was biased towards its improvement

only and, later, it shifted slowly to its management.

2. Reception of productivity measurement among the manufacturing community was

moderate during the early days of 1970s.

Murugesh et al. affords an argument that initially productivity was considered

essential to improvement but now it has become as one of the central functions of

management. It shows the shift of the productivity concept and benefits. It also supports

the fact that initially productivity was considered as the province of economists, but now

industrial engineers and business managers also take part in productivity measurement

and in its implication from business outlook. This is evident from the activities of many

productivity organizations. Examples of publications of OECD and Asian Productivity

Organizations are very clear indicators of this context. A major part of the publications of

the aforementioned two prominent organizations covers engineering and managerial part

of productivity. Another example is books from different authors, as Sumanth wrote a

book on productivity and titled it Productivity Engineering and Management. This

supports the theme proposed by Murugesh et al. that now productivity has become one of

the main functions of management.

Parsons (2001) divided productivity measurement into following seven different

methods/approaches:-

1. Control Panels

2. The Objectives Matrix -OMAX

3. The Balanced Scorecard


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 101

4. Productivity Accounting

5. Throughput Costing

6. Economic Value Added -EVA.

7. Integrated Business Control – IBC

Parsons has discussed above-cited methods in finer detail and concludes that no

performance measuring system is static whereas, measures are dependent on strategy and

action. Parsons further states that the choice of method mainly depends upon what is

most suitable to achieve the target or objectives of the whole process. Parsons has cited

the following quotation of John Kenneth Galbraith, which paints the true picture of the

productivity measurement phenomenon, ―To many it will always seem better to have

measurable progress towards the wrong goals than immeasurable progress towards the

right ones‖ (2001, p. 39). The discussion is based on the observation, which Parsons

views as part of the management. The focus of all approaches mentioned by Parsons

provides a clear picture to management and expects that it would be helpful for

management in an improvement process, which is the definitive goal of the firms.

Salinger (2001) divides productivity measurement approaches into the three

following categories:

1. Growth models, which attribute increased economic growth either to accumulate

physical or human capital or to increase efficiency of their use.

2. Neoclassical growth models which view technical progress as exogenously

determined.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 102

3. Endogenous models which consider a range of structural and policy variables that

contributes to differences in technology endowment, investment, and knowledge

accumulation among countries.

These approaches are based upon the change associated capital, technology,

efficiency, and accumulation of knowledge and are suitable and appropriate in such

studies where time series data is available along with the data of technological,

knowledge accumulation change, and change in capital or investment. In addition to that,

these approaches are particularly helpful in calculating the benefits of new technology

and investment.

Mawson, Carlaw, and McLellan (2003) have classified productivity measurement

approaches into four categories:

1. The growth accounting approach

2. The index number approach

3. A distance function approach

4. Econometric approach

Each of these approaches is discussed below,

The growth accounting approach, The growth accounting approach is based upon

following four assumptions:

1. Technology and TFP term, is separable

2. Production function exhibits constant returns to scale

3. Producers behave efficiently in that they attempt to maximise profits


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 103

4. Markets are perfectly competitive with all participants being price-takers who can

only adjust quantities while having no individual impact on prices

The majority of statistical agencies that produces regular productivity statistics

use the index number approach. For example, the Australian Bureau of Statistics

calculates market sector multifactor productivity using the index number approach based

on a Törnqvist index, as does the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.

The index number approach. The index number approach to calculating

productivity involves dividing an output quantity index by an input quantity index to

achieve a productivity index. Mawson et al. (2003, p. 20) has further stated that:

There are two main approaches to choose an index number formula: the economic

and axiomatic approaches. The former approach bases the choice of index

formula on a producer‘s underlying production technology, and therefore has

theoretical microeconomic underpinnings. The axiomatic approach bases the

choice of index formula on desirable properties that indexes should exhibit. Once

the index formula is chosen, consideration then needs to be given as to whether

the productivity index should be chained to reduce substitution bias associated

with fixed weight indexes.

This approach is under utilized as mentioned by Mawson et al. (2003), who propose that

index numbers application in productivity measurement process is quite useful.

Distance function approach. To measure TFP, an approach based on distance

function separates TFP into two components using an output distance function. More

generally, the distance function (which is the dual of the cost function) has discussed in

the consumer and production literature where duality concepts are used. In principle, this
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 104

technique enables a change in TFP to be deconstructed into changes resulting from a

movement towards the production frontier and shifts in the frontier. The output distance

function measures how close a particular level of output is to the maximum attainable

level of output that could be obtained from the same level of inputs if production is

theoretically 100% efficient. In other words, it represents how close a particular output

vector is to the production frontier given a particular input vector.

Econometric approach. The econometric approach for productivity measurement

involves the estimation of parameters of a specified production function (or cost, revenue,

or profit function, etc). Often the production function is expressed in growth rate and of

the contribution of specific determinates are then estimated to determine which

determinants are critical. One major advantage of the econometric approach is ability to

gain information on the full representation of the specified production technology. In

addition to estimates for productivity, information about other parameters of the

production technology is also obtained.

The above four approaches are useful and appropriate for a time series data

related to production and change in technology, capital etc. Additionally, these

approaches enable researchers to segregate productivity growth into separate

determinants, such as change due to the change in technology, capital, etc. These

approaches also help to assess the level of productivity of any firm, and the potential of a

firm with the same level of inputs. In other words, one can assess the potential

productivity of a category of firms. Econometric approaches are very useful to assess

productivity but this approach requires time series data and furthermore, these are based

on stringent assumptions.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 105

Gharneh (1997) classifies productivity measurement into two main categories: (a)

production function and index numbers and (b) accounting models.

Production function is one way to assess productivity and is widely used by

economists. Many models are available to assess the productivity of any production

function and accountants are more concerned about different financial ratios. These

approaches are based upon a broad classification of productivity measurement

approaches. In fact, the two categories are widely used by the researchers as mentioned

by Gharneh. Both have their advantages and disadvantages. One must keep in mind the

limitations and assumptions when applying these approaches to productivity

measurement. The main objections to these approaches are below.

In physical numbers, items produced by certain numbers of labour units, or by

consuming certain amounts of raw material are assessed. It ignores the impact of

technology, the business environment, employee satisfaction, compensation system, etc.

These models assume that two firms can have same parameters at a time therefore any

minor change in these parameters can change labour productivity. This kind of

measurement is most useful for short-term productivity measurement process and for

partial factor productivity.

Another approach based on financial values of input and output has been objected

to that several outer factors of normal business control examples, such as the price of raw

materials or utilities, impact of government and international regulations, etc. Here, a

minor change in the price of raw material can alter the productivity, e.g. cost of furnace

oil to run boiler to get steam for dyeing. Nevertheless, various organizations use this

approach often and bring up results keeping all factors in view. Gharneh‘s classification
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 106

is too broad to ignore other methods as described by the Parsons. However, this

classification serves the purpose of the scholars who are interested in measuring

productivity. Mahadevan (2002) has classified measuring of TFP into two main

categories, the Frontier approach and the Non-Frontier approach. This classification

stands on econometrics.

According to Mahadevan (2002), frontier refers to a bounding function, or more

appropriately, a set of best obtainable positions. Thus, a production frontier traces the set

of maximum outputs easily to get to a given set of inputs and technology, and a cost

frontier traces the minimum achievable cost given input prices and output. The

production frontier is an unobservable function that is said to represent the 'best practice'

function, as it is a function bounding or enveloping the sample data.

The frontier and non-frontier categorisation is of methodological importance

since the frontier approach identifies the role of technical efficiency in overall firm‘s

performance, whereas the non-frontier approach assumes that firms are technically

efficient. Sink (1985) has put forward three approaches to measure productivity: (a)

Normative productivity measurement methodology (NPMM), (b) Multifactor

productivity measurement model (MFPMM), and (c) Multi-criteria Performance/

productivity measurement techniques (MCP/PMT). There is a brief discussion about the

aforementioned approaches in the following lines.

Normative productivity measurement methodology (NPMM). The normative

productivity measurement methodology focuses on the business behaviour of employees

at all levels. In fact, this approach acts for a spotlight to improve productivity with the

help of participative management philosophy.


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 107

Multifactor productivity measurement model (MFPMM). Multifactor of

production makes use of this approach, which are also called ―TFP‖ models, the APC

model named for the American Productivity Centre, developed the approach in 1977. As

per Sink (1985), this model is a measure of profitability.

Total Revenue (TR)


Measure of Profitability = ─────────
Total Cost (TC)
This model can be used to evaluate change in profitability of two different periods

with the help of following mathematical equation:

ΔTR
Measure of Profitability = ─────
ΔTC

Sink (1985) discusses this model in detail and gives an explanation that how to

use this model.

Multi-criteria performance/productivity measurement techniques (MCP/PMT).

The third approach presented by Sink (1985) is called ―Multi-criteria Performance or

Productivity Measurement Techniques‖. In this approach, a criterion is set for

performance or measurement and subsequently, the performance or productivity is

measured against this criteria set. The main advantage of this method is that setting of

criteria and measuring of performance are performed with the same methodology and

assumptions. This may be physical number of input and output or value of the input and

output.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 108

Parsons (1980, p. 60) has proposed another approach called, ―Profitability

analysis in inter-firm comparison: a new approach‖. Parsons (1980) developed this

system with the help of the National Productivity Institute. According to this approach,

profitability of different firms is compared and finally the firms that are more profitable

are identified. In this case, productivity equates with profitability. Some scholars use the

term profitability synonymously with productivity.

Singh, Motwani, and Kumar (2000) divide productivity measurement approaches

into three categories, (a) index measurement, (b) linear programming, and (c)

econometric models.

Singh et al. (2000) surveyed the studies of different productivity measurement and

showed that 11 authors used the index measurement approach and eight researchers used

an econometric approach, while only four used a linear programming approach. Having

written concluding remarks, Singh et al. said:

The theoretical and empirical section of this paper clearly points out that there is

no one method for every company. However, in general productivity

measurement, as well as index and comparison, can provide an objective source

of information about long term operating trends, draw attention to problems of

performance, and inspire a useful exchange of ideas. (2000, p. 240)

The financial ratio approach is one of the most common, simple, and easy ways to

assess the performance of any organisation. Every organisation prepares its annual

account statements and its performance is measured in the light of these statements.

These ratios are the basic criteria for its share value in stock exchange. One should be

clear that such ratios are not indicators of performance and productivity. However, this
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 109

approach is widely used in the industry and is easier to identify with. In the APC model,

input and output values are put in the models and profitability of the firms is calculated.

In the case of financial ratios, the value of different inputs and outputs is used to measure

productivity. This may be called partial productivity, and is useful to focus on specific

determinants such as labour productivity, which is calculated with the total labour cost

and total revenue.

Dwyer (1996) used 12 different productivity measurement methods to assess

productivity at the manufacturing plant level. According to Dwyer, ―All measures of

productivity considered are credible in the sense that highly productive plants, regardless

of measure, are clearly more profitable, less likely to close, and grow faster‖ (1996, p.

13). In this way, Dwyer proposes that if plants were highly productive, no matter in

which way productivity is measured, the results would be parallel. Every measure will

prove that the plant is making profit, which is the ultimate goal of the plant owners.

Nevertheless, the assessment tool must be vigilantly selected to assess productivity in

each case and this all depends upon the objectives, capability, and data/resources

available. However, Dwyer favours regression models as a better predictor of plant

growth and survival than the factor shared-based measure of TFP.

The Centre for Inter-Firm Comparison UK (CIFC) has developed 103 different

ratios to assess performance. All these ratios are based on financial reports. CIFC also

publishes an Inter-Firm Comparison (IFC) of its members. CIFC helps the individual

organisations assess their positions in the market.

The following factors are used to weigh up the performance of the firms:

1. Total Capital Employed (Fixed assets, Sales Profits)


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 110

2. Different Ratios (Current Ratios, Quick Ratios, etc.)

The main theme of these ratios is to build a relation between diverse outcomes

and inputs of the firms. This is a valid way to verify the performance of any firm. In

accounts, these ratios are used to assess the present health of the firm and provide a

comparison with the past. It is evident from a deep look from the working of CIFC that

centre relies more on finance related matters whereas, economist always rely on the

volume not the value. Economists view profitability as an economic activity, which is

based on many factors and some of the factors, are not under the control of firm e.g.

government policies of taxes which may be different in different parts of the country. The

author of the report views that high productivity is required to get through high profits, if

not, then, high productivity will be of no value, not as a purpose of the firm. This

observation has its basis on the market economy theory of Adam Smith, which says that

the core objective of the firm is to gain profit. It is guided by self-interest and

maximization of profit.

Chen, Liaw and Yeong (2001) have proposed 15 different financial ratios to

assess the productivity of any firm. These 15 ratios cover most financial activities. By

using these ratios, one can assess the productivity of any firm. However, such approaches

do not illustrate the real picture about resource employment; rather these ratios portray

the financial health of the firms. Chen et al also supports the approaches proposed by

CIFC.

Sumanth (1990) has developed the Total Productivity Model, which is defined as

follows:
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 111

Total Tangible Output


Total Productivity = ───────────
Total Tangible Input

Sumanth takes this model similar to model presented by Craig and Harris. The

only major difference is that it offers greater clarity about the input and output.

According to Sumanth, there are five major outputs:

1. Value of finished unit produced

2. Value of partial units produced (work in process)

3. Dividend from securities

4. Interest from bonds

5. Other income

Sumanth (1990) further mentioned the following five major inputs:-

1. Human (labour cost)

2. Material

3. Capital

4. Energy

5. Other expense
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 112

This model is more comprehensive as compared to previously discussed models.

It appears to be more applicable. Apparently, the APC and Sumanth models are based

upon the total output and total input.

Bernolak (1980) used financial ratios to assess the performance of the firms and

finally concluded, ―There is no single measure or best measure of productivity, but rather

a whole family of measures‖. Boucher (1980) also used the Inter-Firm comparison

method to discuss productivity in Ireland. The Irish Productivity Centre regularly uses

this approach and prepares an Inter-Firm comparison based on financial indicators.

Buttgereit (1980, p. 41) has urged the application of inter-firm comparison based on the

following rationale: ―Inter-firm comparison meets both the wish to have information and

data concerning competitors, the market and its changing nature and the need for a

reliable and efficient management instrument‖. This depicts Inter-Firm comparison as

one of the most useful approaches to measuring productivity. Parsons believes that

traditional financial ratio analysis and value added measures will probably remain a part

of future National Productivity Institute (NPI) surveys, although they will assume a less

prominent position.

Harrington (1980) has also talked about the Inter-Firm comparison as a useful tool

to measure productivity. Gharneh (1997) used accounting models and indexing

numbering approaches to measure productivity and performance in the textile industry of

UK and Iran. Brinkerhoff and Dressler (1990) have also used the ratio of output and input

to measure TFP. However, they have documented many problems associated with this

process.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 113

Ali (1978) has discussed in detail different productivity measurement approaches

and developed a chart. According to Ali (1978, p. 54):

From the discussion of productivity measurement at the company level it can be

found that there are great numbers of possible solutions to the problem of

measuring the productivity of an organisation ranging from purely physical to

monetary and from a simple ratio to an integrated model.

Kumbhakar, Hesmati, and Hjalmarsson (1999) have used different parametric

approaches to productivity measurement and finally concluded that there is always a

model selection problem in this type of study. Furthermore, they said that simulation

studies might improve our understanding of the properties of the different models, and

facilitate model choice.

There has been a drastic change in productivity measuring models since 1980. It

has spread out from the standard calculation of TFP towards more refined methods of

decomposition. Traditionally, TFP framework based on the technical efficiency, but now

there are several restrictions while using this framework such as constant rate to scale,

and allocating and technical efficiency. Different authors recommended a number of

techniques to overcome this issue (Brummer, Glauben, and Thijssen, 2002). Brummer et

al have extended the TFP framework and added technical change, technical efficiency,

allocating efficiency, regarding inputs and outputs and scale components. Based on this

outline, they measured the TFP of four European countries by using panel data from the

dairy sector. This shows a considerable concern of researchers in measuring TFP by

using different techniques. Nevertheless, Brummer et al concluded that there is a still call

for a more refined decomposition of productivity growth, which is essential for policy
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 114

makers. It tells the significance of the ignored components and supports the fact that

technology efficiency is not the only way to estimate TFP, as Solow did.

OECD (2005) lays down different ways of measuring productivity. It has also

published an inclusive manual that provides a great deal of knowledge for managers who

are interested to estimate productivity.

There are many different productivity measures. The choice between them

depends on the purpose of productivity measurement and, in many instances, on

the availability of data. Broadly, productivity measures can be classified as single

factor productivity measures (relating a measure of output to a single measure of

input) or multifactor productivity measures (relating a measure of output to a

bundle of inputs). (OECD, 2005, p. 3)

OECD further divides productivity measurement into two main categories at firm

and industry level. It has proposed four types of productivity measurement based on

input, labour (labour productivity), capital (capital productivity), labour and capital

(multifactor productivity), labour, capital, energy, materials and services (KLEMS

Multifactor productivity). OECD has also suggested different methods to measure

productivity.

In its productivity measuring manual, OECD discussed the weaknesses of

application and usages of econometrics in productivity measurement. OECD argued that

when economists measure productivity, they mostly rely on capacity of inputs and

outputs. They avoid assuming a relationship between production elasticity and income

share. This leads to possibilities with econometric techniques. There is a discussion about

the subsidy in order to adjust prices of inputs and outputs. It is quite possible that cost of
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 115

inputs increases more than the prices of output. Furthermore, there is a possibility that

technical changes may be different other than assumptions. Fully-fledged models raise

complex econometric issues and sometimes challenge the utility and strength of results.

OECD observation has put a serious question on the efficacy of the econometrics

approach in measuring productivity. It all shows that OECD prefers the accountant

approach over econometrics approach. Why OECD relies more on the accountant

approach rather than econometrics approaches requires more research.

There is another view about the application of econometrics and index

approaches. Hulten (2000), who points out that there is no valid reason to judge the

econometric and the index number approach as competitors, gives examples of synergism

that proved particularly productive. Hulten further says that one can have better results

when econometric methods are used further explain the productivity residual, hereby

reducing the ignorance about the ―measure of our ignorance‖. OECD especially views

econometrics in a different way.

Overall, econometric approaches are a tool that is best suited for academically

oriented, single studies of productivity growth. Their potential richness and

testable set-up make them a valuable complement to the nonparametric, index

number methods that are the recommended tool for periodic productivity

statistics. (OECD, 2005, p. 19)

All this discussion argues that productivity measurement is not a trouble-free process.

There is a great deal of complexities attached with it and final OECD argues that multiple

approaches give better results. Nevertheless, one should not forget that productivity
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 116

measurement is not a science; rather it is an estimate as expressed by Industry

Commission.

―Creating and implementing models incorporating the many key pieces of the

productivity puzzle that are becoming increasingly prominent in our ‗new era‘ of

enhanced technology and interdependencies, even for relatively traditional industries

such as those in the food system, is not straightforward‖ (Paul, 2003, p. 173). The above

argument seems to be a big deal of debate among scholars about the complexities of

productivity measurement. However, it is also a fact that people are still striving to reach

a point where maximum consensus can develop. The main cause of complexities is the

vibrant nature of new business era. Paul also sustains the argument and says that:

Recent studies focus on carefully constructing and interpreting data, recognizing

internal and external production structure characteristics and their interactions,

distinguishing between measured and effective input and output prices and

quantities, valuing non-marketed good and bad, identifying spill over effects, and

recognizing links among cost- and demand side drivers (p.173).

There are a number of efforts that have been tried by different authors to develop more

comprehensive model. However, on the other side, swift changes in the business world

are hampering all such efforts. It seems that both ends will move side by side. Change is

an inevitable phenomenon and curiosity to know the depth is the instinct of human

nature.

A number of methods are used to measure productivity. Each has its strengths and

weaknesses. Notably, there are five widely used techniques, two non-parametric and

three parametric: in order, (a) index numbers, (b) data envelopment analysis (DEA), (c)
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 117

stochastic frontiers, (d) instrumental variables (GMM), and (e) semi parametric

estimation (Biesebroeck, 2007). Biesebroeck used simulated samples of firms and then

analyzed the sensitivity of alternative methods to the way randomness is introduced in the

data generating process. Biesebroeck concludes,

When measurement error is small, index numbers are excellent for estimating

productivity growth and are among the best for estimating productivity levels.

DEA excels when technology is heterogeneous and returns to scale are not

constant. When measurement or optimization errors are no negligible, parametric

approaches are preferred. Ranked by the persistence of the productivity

differentials between firms (in decreasing order), one should prefer the stochastic

frontiers, GMM, or semi parametric estimation methods (p.529).

It looks from above discussion that there is a continuous anxiety about productivity

measurement. Biesebroeck focused on five major methods and finally concluded that

every model needed a specific environment for its suitability. It supports the theme of

OECD that selection of the methods depends upon the objective, data nature and the

structure of the firm or industry.

Ark (1996) addresses the issue of productivity and economic prosperity. Ark

argues explain that the significance of the productivity is quite high enough for economic

growth. However, there are certain assumptions for a better output. Unfortunately, these

assumptions are very rare particularly; following three assumptions are quite difficult to

meet:

1. Value added is a function of capital input, labour input and the level of

technology.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 118

2. The production function is the same in all industries.

3. Producers face identical factor prices.

Ark further proposes an appropriate and a bottom up approach in this difficult

situation in which aggregate results lift up at the industry level. Ark puts forward this

approach and gives his support to the concept of productivity measurement at firm level.

Additionally, Ark argues that for the economy as a whole, value added is the preferred

output concept because it does eliminate ―double counting of intermediate inputs, such as

raw materials, energy inputs and business services, and is comparable to the domestic or

national product as shown in national accounts‖ (p.25). Ark further states that ―from a

theoretical point of view, the bottom-up approach in combination with gross output is

favoured; the question is how to aggregate productivity figures by industry to aggregate

levels‖( p.24). Ark debates other issues like labour and capital productivity. From all the

discussion, it seems that it is hard to fulfil all assumptions before applying and measuring

techniques. If one looks at the history of productivity measuring models in two centuries,

it is obvious that from Cobb-Douglas to Solow, all are relying on top down approach,

whereas Ark strongly recommends a bottom up approach. Based on survey of the

literature, the author of this report supports the theme of Ark and finds it the most

suitable for measurement. The strong argument in the favour of this approach is that

consistent and sustainable growth starts from the bottom and gives better results that are

ultimately contributing to the aggregate function of the economy.

Nadiri (1970) provides a better insight into the productivity-measuring

phenomenon. Nadiri concludes after a thorough survey of economic literature that in the

last few years there was a tremendous growth in the publications covering issues of
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 119

productivity measurement. The most significant advancements in this filed can be

categorised in three main areas: First, there are theories‘ endogenous technical changes

and attempts to explain the production and transmission of new knowledge. Second, there

is the formulation of general forms of production functions that are based on cost

function. It serves many purposes. Third, there is a serious attempt to segregate the pure

residual by attributing the growth of productivity due to change in the quality of inputs.

Nadiri further discusses the contribution of modern economics in this filed and draws a

result that there are still conceptual flaws which need further investigation. Nadiri

provides a complete list of such issues like substitution of factors, true assumptions of

production function models, etc. It all shows that the search for a comprehensive solution

is in progress but the main challenge is the instability in business and every day new

factor affecting production process.

The selection of the most suitable method to measure productivity is one of the

tribulations that industrial managers cope with. Particularly, partial productivity

measuring methods give a picture that is not authentic because it is affected by other

factors. For example, firms can have better technology by putting more capital and this

could change the labour productivity. A solution to the problem is provided by measuring

productivity, incorporating the totality of all outputs and all inputs (Saha, 1994). Saha

further writes that, ―Craig and Harris first suggested a model with this end in view. Their

algorithm determines the total productivity of an organization by dividing‘ the total

production of goods and services by the total resources consumed‖ (p.3).

Saha divides total productivity models into two leading categories: a model,

which takes into account ratio of tangible output to tangible inputs, and an alternative
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 120

model that takes into account the value added in the system. The value-added model does

not consider raw materials, parts and services purchased from outside the organization on

the premise that these represent tile fruits of someone else‘s labour and as such are ―an

obfuscation of one‘s own productivity efforts‖ (p.3).

Saha preferred TFP on partial productivity. Based on this assumption that TFP is

a better indicator than partial, it is obvious from Saha‘s discussion that partial

productivity measurement is commonly affected by many factors, which are sometimes

not in control of a firm. However, managers can have a better idea from TFP

measurement.

Industry Commission raised another crucial point in measuring aggregate

productivity. It writes,

The ―non-market‖ sector covers a number of activities in the services sector for

which output cannot be measured independently of inputs. For example, many

government services (public administration and defence) measure largely in terms

of the value of their labour inputs. Many financial services are similarly valued.

Ownership of dwellings has no corresponding inputs. For these ―non-market‖

activities, productivity growth estimates make little sense or are assumed by the

ABS to be zero (p.29).

Sumanth (1990) also takes into account this factor. Sumanth calls it intangible

input and intangible output. Correctly, there are certain factors that are also output of the

firm, but in aggregate function, these are not considered, e.g. market share, brand value,

position in the market, etc. All discussion shows that in productivity measurement by

economists or by industrial engineers the exact reflection of the performance of the firm
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 121

is not apparent. It is obvious that to enhance share in the market and to get a high position

among the competitors, there is a need for some tangible input whose output is intangible.

Such intangible output consumes the tangible inputs. While calculating productivity, all

inputs are taken as denominator, whereas not all outputs are taken as numerator. Results

based on such equation cannot represent a true picture since certain outputs are intangible

and are not accounted for. This argument facilitates the observation of Industry

Commission, which says that productivity measurement is not a science. It gives only

estimates— not actual position.

Productivity measurement is one of the main functions of the management. This

function provides assurance to survive in the competitive world. From the last ten years,

there was a growing concern about the productivity measurement schemes had devised to

measure productivity (Miller and Rao, 1989). Miller and Rao further state that one of the

most significant developments is the creation of a link between profitability and

productivity. This method has some advantages over traditional methods in which

productivity is calculated with different angles. The main difference is found in the

methods in which results are expressed in dollars and cents, in other words in ‗financial

language‘, which is more powerful and easily understandable by the managers

responsible to run the firm. This method guides management in a focused way and lends

a hand to managers so that they may understand the whole situation and develop

strategies to achieve better performance.

Miller and Rao have further stated that there are many models, which premise

profit-linked approach. Two of the most common and popular are the (a) profit-oriented
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 122

model by the Ethyl Corporation (PPP) and (b) the American Productivity Centre Model

(APC model).

The basic approach of these models is that the firm engenders profit through

productivity and price recovery. Whereas productivity is a measure of factual growth and

it brings a change in physical input and output quantities, while price recovery is the

extent to which firm passes the increase in cost of production to its customer. In this way,

firms keep their profit intact. This approach is more liked by the industrial engineers and

business executives since its results are in term of money and do not need any further

explanation. There are number of models which are based on this approach, like the total

productivity model by Sumanth, Sink, APC and Craig and Harris.

To measure productivity at firm level is obligatory because in most of the firms it

is well-documented phenomenon. All the same, there are many complexities attached

with the whole process. There is a lack of useful tools to measure productivity and always

a doubt on the effectiveness of available data. In most of the cases, available data is

misunderstood and ultimately wrong measuring of productivity comes out there (Wilson,

1994). Wilson proposed a new model to solve this issue and developed an improved

model for productivity measurement based on weighted multi-factor productivity index

(WMFPI) approach represented. Wilson used Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP) and the

main objective of this process is to determine the relative importance of a set of activities

in either a single-criterion or multi-criteria decision setting. Additionally, AHP provides

an easy-to-use decision-making process to allow the manager(s) to settle on goal

preferences accurately, even in a group decision-making environment.


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 123

2.12 TFP at Firm Level: Evidence from Empirical Studies

It is quite obvious from the above discussion that TFP is a concept of which many

people have many different opinions. Generally, it is thought of as a macroeconomic

concept. The majority of scholars who put forward their theories have an economic

perspective and focus on measuring TFP at the national and international levels. In some

cases, scholars have made a serious effort to measure at international level, such as

Brummer et al., who measured the TFP of the dairy sector in different European

countries. Nevertheless, in the late 20th century people applied the TFP concept at the

firm level. In the following pages, there is a description of different empirical studies,

mostly conducted in the late 20th and early 21st century. This discussion will support the

significance of the study, which has been conducted to assess TFP at the firm level as

well as factors affecting its position.

As discussed in previous pages, the TFP model is preferred for this study. There is

a discussion about the selection of the most suitable TFP measuring model. The

conclusion was that TFP, as proposed by Sumanth in a model similar to that proposed by

Sink, Craig, and Harris, and APC would be used to measure TFP of PKGI with only

minor modification. Before proceeding, it is necessary to review empirical studies from

the literature that have been conducted at the firm level and used on the same or similar

models. The following discussion will offer a detailed literature survey, which covers the

different empirical studies conducted at the firm level. This whole discussion will provide

logical support for the notion that TFP is not a matter solely for macroeconomists, but

also for those studying firms. Nevertheless, literature provides points of view of different

scholars who prefer measurement of TFP at the firm level (the micro level) over the
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 124

macro level. The reason behind their preference is that micro level studies provide a basis

for action, and they are also helpful for making strategic decisions. An increasingly

voluminous literature assessing the TFP at firm level reveals the significance of TFP at

the firm level.

Wilson (1994) is one of the scholars who strongly recommend measuring

multifactor productivity at firm level. Wilson stated,

Each partial productivity (representing a unique resource) possesses a distinct

magnitude of influence on the overall productivity measure (i.e. a weighted

influence). Thus, the weighted multi-factor [It is also called Total Factor

Productivity] productivity model offers a multidimensional view of productivity

oriented towards the goals of the organization. (p. 50)

Wilson developed a new approach, and by using ―An Improved Method for Measuring

Productivity,‖ measured productivity of different firms. This shows that TFP is not a

concept that is only useful at macro level. It has been used on firms, too.

Zeed and Hagén studied the impact of ICT on TFP of the firms by using Swedish

Enterprises and finally concluded that ―if a larger part of the staff uses computers the firm

labour productivity is higher if controlled for capital intensity, education, industry and

size and a more advanced ICT use increases the firm TFP‖ (2008, p.22 ).

This study provides appropriate evidence that TFP is not only a concept useful at

macro level but also at the firm level.

Antonelli and Scellato (2007) conducted a study by using data from 7,020 Italian

manufacturing companies observed during 1996-2005. This study was to see the impact

of localised social interactions on TFP of the firms. The paper presents an empirical
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 125

analysis of firm level total factor productivity (TFP) for a sample of 7,020 Italian

manufacturing companies observed during years 1996-2005.

We show that changes in firm level TFP are significantly affected by localised

social interactions... Moreover, we find evidence suggesting that changes in

competitive pressure, namely the creative reaction channel, significantly affect

firm level TFP with an additive effect with respect to localised social interactions

deriving from knowledge spillovers. (Antonelli and Scellato, p. 1)

The above study was conducted in 2007, which supports the idea that TFP is becoming

popular among the people who are interested in applying this concept at the firm level.

Oyeranti (2000) has discussed in depth the concept of TFP. Oyeranti gave

arguments that productivity represents multifactor and total factor productivity.

Emerging literature on productivity measurement of late indicate that early

productivity measures revolve around the value of aggregate output per man hour

of labour input despite the problems associated with measuring labour input. At

the moment, productivity research has focused more on total factor productivity

(TFP) measures, where comprehensive aggregates of outputs and inputs are of

interest. (p. 13)

Oyeranti‘s emphasis is on developing a link between TFP and the firms. Oyeranti further

gives the three fundamental sources of TFP growth. He stated,

Arising from these three factors behind productivity changes are three possible

explanations for differences in total factor productivity. These are differences in

productive efficiency, the scale of production, and the state of technology,


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 126

depending on the specific assumptions that are made with respect to the

production function and the market conditions. (p. 14)

It is obvious from above statements that all three factors are associated with firm. The

statements show that to attain a better TFP, there is a strong need for change at the firm

level.

Bheda (2002) studied the productivity of the Indian apparel industry and applied

partial productivity methods to measure productivity of distinct factors. The author

collected data by interviewing people from selected firms throughout the country.

Thirteen different factors of production were taken into account. The data was analysed

with the help of ANOVA. Major findings from this study are:

1. Factories based in South India are more productive than in the North.

2. Small companies perform better than big firms do.

3. Exporters are more productive than domestic producers are.

4. Companies that export to the U.S.A perform better than those that export

to other countries.

5. Education has a direct, positive link with productivity.

6. Modern bundling systems improve productivity.

7. Factories using scientific methods of setting production standards are

more productive.

In this study, the author did not take into account the firms‘ financial strength and

management style. It is well established in the management sciences that satisfied

workers have better productivity and that workers‘ satisfaction mainly depends upon the

working environment, wage levels, and timely payment of wages. This has a strong link
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 127

with financial strategy and strength of firms. Firms with more fixed assets and less

working capital always face a shortage of funds to clear their outstanding expenses.

Moreover, management style also plays an important role in productivity. Bheda ignored

these factors.

Gharneh (1997) compared productivity and performance in textiles between the

UK and Iran. The focus of the Gharneh study was to estimate the labour productivity gap

between the UK and Iran. Gharneh found a significant gap between labour productivity in

the two countries. UK labour productivity was quite high as compared to Iran. Gharneh

cited numerous reasons for this gap. One of the main reasons was the closure of the big

UK manufacturing plants. UK textile manufacturers preferred to establish small factories

rather than large mills, and labour in small units was more productive than in big units. In

Iran, the government gave incentives to establish industry and provided numerous

protections to industry by putting heavy duties on imports. This gave employees in the

Iranian textile industry a feeling of security, which ultimately became one reason for low

labour productivity. At the same time, the UK textile industry was squeezed due to many

problems, and employees had to perform well to save the industry as a whole as well as

their jobs in particular.

Malley, Muscatelli, and Woitek (2003) carried out an international comparison of

TFP. They compared TFP across different sectors of G7 countries. They collected sector

wise data for the use of intermediate inputs and calculated gross output measures of TFP

growth and TFP levels. An accurate view of underlying TFP growth across the G7

economies was provided by the Malley et al. analysis. The conclusion was in the form of

the existing value added, and cyclically unadjusted measures that tended to overestimate
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 128

TFP growth were influencing the underlying technical progress. Keeping the importance

of the accurate measurement in mind, the economists stressed achieving stronger

measures of TFP. According to them, a key conclusion from the UK‘s perspective is that,

in manufacturing, its productivity gap with other major industrialized countries,

especially the U.S. and Germany, is still significant. This supports the findings of recent

studies based on value-added measures, but of course, the measure of the gap differs

depending on comparisons between individual countries. Generally, the data shows that

the UK was closing the gap in the mid-1990s but that a considerable amount of ground

still needs to be recovered.

The Industry Commission (1997) measured the partial productivity (labour

productivity) of Australia by using a financial and accountant data function. It made a

useful link between productivity and the living standard of the people. This study

analyzed direct data of GDP, working hours, and number of workers without applying

any econometrics. Their findings are very simple. Industry Commission concludes,

Productivity matters for growth. Productivity growth has accounted for about half

of the increase in Australia‘s output over the past three decades. Since a firm‘s

management performance can be evaluated in terms of financial ratios, efficient

management using financial factors is proposed as the key element for upgrading

a firm‘s productivity. This investigates productivity in terms of certain financial

factors of large-scale manufacturing firms in Taiwan. First determines several

influential financial factors using factor analysis (p. 10).

Chen et al. stated that that they have developed their results by applying fuzzy

clustering approaches for the purpose of categorization, with distinct characteristics for
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 129

financial factors and with the application of characteristics of productivity and financial

factors for each pattern. Chen et al. used data from the Taiwanese manufacturing

industry, and their data suggests they have used a financial ratio to determine the

productivity of the industry. Salinger (2001) conducted a survey of African industry and

used financial parameters to measure competitiveness and productivity. His views are

that financial matters are insufficient to develop an analysis and that there is a strong

need to add other factors.

―However, it should be noted that the growth of a country results from the growth

of industries, which comes from the growth of firms. Ultimately, the productivity growth

of a country is attributed to the productivity growth of firms‖ (Nishimura, Nakajima and

Kiyota, 2005, p.1). Nishimura et al. have discussed in depth the role of the firm for

national productivity improvement. They have studied productivity convergence at the

firm level. For this purpose, they used the index computing TFP method. Nishimura et al.

compared productivity across firms and time-series. They employ the multilateral index

method in computing TFP, as developed by Caves, Christensen and Diewert and

extended by Good, Nadiri, Roeller and Sickles (as cited in Nishimura et al.). The

outcome of their research is that there is a strong need to measure TFP at the firm level.

According to the authors, ―this paper has examined the growth of productivity at the firm

level, especially focusing on the effects of convergence…The productivity convergence

among firms exists not only in manufacturing but also in non-manufacturing industries‖

(Nishimura et al., p.17). The above discussion supports the general observation that TFP

is not a subject of economists only at the macro level but also at the personal and firm

levels.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 130

Harris and Li (2007) conducted a study to measure the TFP of different exporting

firms in the UK. All this measure is at the micro level. They have identified firms having

high and low TFP, confirming:

that generally exporters and foreign-owned firms have on average higher levels of

TFP, but foreign-owned firms are not always better than UK-owned exporters and

exporting (as opposed to not selling abroad) by foreign-owned firms only seems

to confer a TFP advantage in half of the industries considered‖ (Harris and Li, p.

35).

This study was conducted in the start of the 21st century, which shows that people are

now adding firms to study TFP. One possible explanation of this study is that TFP is a

concept that is just as relevant at the firm level.

Duguet (2003) examined the contribution of incremental and radical innovations

to TFP growth at the firm level. Duguet held the view that ―radical innovators would be

the only significant direct contributors to TFP growth‖ (p. 20). For this study, Duguet

used data provided by the French Innovation Survey, which covers the period from 1986

to 1990.

This survey provides information on eight innovation types that firms can have

implemented, including five types about products and processes, as well as

information about eight knowledge sources used as the determinant of these

innovations. Finally, it also provides information about the motivation of firms‘

activities (market pull, technology push) and the innovative opportunities of their

line of business. (p. 5)


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 131

This study is another argument that goes in the favour of the newer, modern view

that TFP is equally applicable at firm level.

Cingano and Schivardi (2004) conducted a study of more than 30,000 firms in

Italy to identify the TFP growth of the firms. This data were provided by a consortium of

banks. Cingano and Schivardi explained, ―The TFP estimates in the L-S are obtained by

averaging over the firm level TFP so that the precision of the estimates increases with the

number of firms‖ (p. 14). It has been shown in Cingano and Schivardi‘s research that

TFP at firm level fulfills many of the business people‘s objectives. They support the view

that estimation of firm TFP and determination of its factors is one of the best techniques

and provides a guideline for the business community.

Chan, Krinsky, and Mountain (1989) have proposed another non-parametric way

to assess TFP at firm level. Chan et al. believes that estimation of TFP at firm level is

equally important. In addition, Chan et al. have supported the TFP definition conceiving

of it as a ratio of output to input.

For practitioners, however, TFP analysis has various advantages. TFP is a relative

measure showing how the ratio of total output to total input changes from one

period to the other. It is relatively inexpensive to perform and since the data are

displayed in an index number form, it is easy to identify anomalies in the data

(Chan et al., p. 337).

Aw and Chen (2001) made an effort to find evidence at the firm level to measure

the difference in TFP. They did so by using data of firms from Taiwan.

For each firm in the Taiwanese manufacturing data we construct an index of total

factor productivity (TFP) in each of the three census years 1981, 1986, and 1991.
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 132

We use this index as a single measure of the firms‘ relative efficiency, a proxy for

in the theoretical model. A TFP index captures many factors that can lead to

profit differences across firms, including differences in technology, age or quality

of capital stock, managerial ability, scale economies combined with size

differences, or differences in output quality. (p. 10)

Aw and Chen (2001) did not attempt to explain why TFP varies across firms but rather

focus on whether firms‘ relative efficiency is correlated with their decisions to enter, exit,

or remain in operation.

Probably, Burgess (1990) is one of the critics who very openly criticized

economists who measure productivity (TFP and multifactor productivity) by using

econometrics. As discussed above, Robinson (1953) has also commented on the

authenticity of the results provided by economists. Felipe (1997) has described that

people have produced different results from the same data. Burgess believed that the

results produced by economists are not perfect.

Economists would be the first to admit that their approach to productivity

measurement is far from perfect. Critics could point to the impact on productivity

of a large range of factors other than the two factors named above. The accuracy

of the ―estimates‖ are often open to question. However, economists are more

confident about their productivity estimates for manufacturing industry than they

are with their estimates for either public or service sectors. (Burgess, 1990, p.7)

This statement does not mean that all estimates are incorrect. Rather, it supports the point

of view of the Industry Commission of Australia (1997), which holds that the

productivity measurements should be taken as estimates.


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 133

Burgess (1990) believes that aggregate productivity is a result of productivity at

the firm level. This is a similar approach, which Ark (1996) proposed.

A point to be borne in mind is the ―batting average‖ concept. Because national

productivity is a function of the aggregation of the performances of individual

companies, national productivity could be significantly improved by ―getting rid‖

of low productivity organizations. (Burgess, 1990, p. 7)

The above discussion converges on one point that TFP is equally important at firm level.

It is easy to understand and business leaders can make quick changes to have better TFP.

Nevertheless, TFP at the macro level depicts TFP levels and trends in the long run and

provides useful data for economic leaders.

Productivity measurement at the factory level (the firm level) is significant on a

very small scale, but it also carries weight at the international level. Schmenner and Ho

(1989) conducted a study at international level. In this study, they compared productivity

of firms.

For the plant manager, so many potential remedies for increased factory

productivity are difficult to evaluate, much less to implement…This article

addresses this question by comparing factory-specific productivity data from all

over the world. It reports on three studies, which mailed the same survey to

factories in the US, South Korea, and to 30 other countries mainly concentrated in

Europe. (p. 16)

This study was conducted in the late 1920s. Schmenner and Ho work clearly depicted

that factory level productivity is gaining significance at every level.


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 134

The significance of productivity measurement at the factory level is well

recognized by various scholars. It is interesting to note here the Solow, a Nobel laureate

who presented a famous model with which to estimate TFP, also accepts the importance

of productivity measurement at the firm level. ―Increasingly, however, there have been

attempts to supplement aggregate calculations with micro-level information about

individual departments, firms or narrowly defined industries and their operations. A

variety of such studies has been done‖ (Baily and Solow, 2001, p.151). Baily and Solow

have quoted many studies carried out to estimate productivity (TFP) at the firm level.

They have mentioned a few studies, such as that by Jorgenson, Wagner, and Van Ark,

who carried out studies at the firm level. It is interesting to note that all such studies were

conducted at the end of the 20th century. At the same time, however, Baily and Solow

said that such studies cannot reduce the importance of TFP measurement at the aggregate

level.

One comforting conclusion is that a macroeconomic view of the economy is not

dramatically challenged by these studies. However, standard aggregate

productivity calculations say nothing about the deeper causes of observed

differences in total factor productivity from firm to firm or country to country.

The natural place to hunt for those causes is in detailed comparisons of firms or

groups of firms producing similar outputs but operating in different environments

and adopting different practices‖. (Baily and Solow, 2001, p. 152)

Productivity measurement at firm level is not without biases. There are many

issues attached to bias in productivity measurement. Misterek, Dooley and Anderson

(1992) have discussed many difficulties during productivity measurement at the firm
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 135

level. However, they categorically mentioned that measurement at the firm level is

required with decision-making. Misterek et al. wrote,

The purpose of this article is to examine the measurement of productivity at

"micro'' levels — the level of the firm, plant, office, work group, or individual

product — and to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of traditional productivity

measures, especially as they relate to managerial decision-making. The strengths

and weaknesses of productivity measures are explored, and their characteristics

are compared with those of the traditional measures of internal firm performance:

cost accounting measures (p. 29).

The observation of Misterek et al. supports the point of view of Baily and Solow that

productivity measurement at firm level is quite helpful in decision-making.

In the above discussion, most of the studies are at firm level. Still, in the final

analysis, the results were presented at the aggregate level. It is possible to conduct TFP

only for one company. Such studies can be conducted for any type of firm, whether

involved in production or service.

Mohanty and Rajput (1987) have conducted a study to measure TFP of a steel

mill. They described the objective of the study in the following words, ―The primary

objective of this study is to develop, apply and evaluate productivity measurement

methods for a company engaged in the manufacture of steel wire ropes‖ (p. 65). Mohanty

and Rajput have selected the TFP model, which is similar to the Craig and Harris model.

Furthermore, they developed a relationship between TFP and different variables, such as

capital, sale, energy consumption, etc.


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 136

It is particularly important to note that for the current study the same method has

been adopted as in the Mohanty and Rajput work. The researcher has collected financial

and non-financial data and calculated the TFP of every firm, developing a correlation (see

chapter 3 for further details). A review of the literature shows evidence that research

methods used for the current study and models are not new. They are already tried and

tested in various other studies.

TFP measurement at the aggregate level (macro level) represents the overall

picture of the industry or the whole economy. It is the sum of the TFP of individual firms.

Such aggregation raises many questions. The main doubt with respect to this aggregation

process surrounds the factors affecting TFP at firm level. These are different for different

firms. Raa (2005) has studied this problem and concluded that such simple adding does

not serve the issue—rather, it creates confusion.

Firms‘ productivity indices do not sum to the industry productivity index, except

when production is linear in the sense that marginal rates of substitution and

marginal rates of transformation are constant and these constants are common to

the firms. (Raa, 2005, p. 203)

Linear production is a particularly vague term. There is a low probability that

different firms may have linear production. Raa (2005) concluded, ―Aggregate

productivity is the sum of firm productivities and firm allocative efficiency changes. A

firm‘s allocative efficiency change is measured by its excess marginal productivities

(over and above the competitive economy wide ones), weighted by input changes‖ (p.

208).
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 137

Raa further explained that before adding to get aggregate results, many details are

required about the production function of individual firms, which is not possible.

TFP measurement is not only significant in measuring different contributing

factors. At the same time, though, it can be used to develop a correlation with other

factors, such as turnover of the firm. Gebreeyesus (2008) has conducted a study of

Ethiopian firms to develop a correlation between turnover and the TFP of the firms. ―In

this paper we provide empirical evidence on firm turnover and productivity differentials

in Ethiopian manufacturing based on firm level industrial census data‖ (Gebreeyesus, p.

126). This study also reinforces the observation that TFP at the firm level is not less

important.

The Malmquist index is commonly used to compare TFP of two different

economies. It has been widely used by economists at the macro level. But some

researchers, including Portela and Thanassoulis (2006), found it useful at the micro level.

They have used the Malmquist index to compare the TFP of different banks‘ branches (at

the firm level). It is interesting to note that they conducted this study in the early 21st

century, whereas Malmquist was proposed by Swedish academic Malmquist in the 1980s

and was mainly used to compare economies at macro level. Nevertheless, Portela and

Thanassoulis have made minor alterations to the index to measure TFP at firm level.

The literature is full of difficulties researchers face during productivity

measurement at the macro level. As discussed above, there are a number of factors that

influence productivity at the macro level. At the same time, analysis at the firm level can

present its own problems. Husband and Lee (1981) analyzed productivity of a plant by

using three different methods: (a) technical added value, (b) productivity costing, and (c)
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 138

TFP. ―The measurement of productivity at plant level is notoriously difficult. Much

depends on the precise definitions of input and output factors. Despite the difficulties

involved, company productivity measurement is an important factor in manufacturing

industry‖ (Husband and Lee, p. 32). The above statement clearly depicts that productivity

measurement at the firm level is not only important— rather, it is highly demanded.

Generally, economists are more interested in measuring productivity at the macro

level. On the other hand, industrial engineers, business managers, finance people, and

people associated with stock markets are more interested in conducting analyses at the

micro level. This is mainly due to their interest and stakes. But over time, economists

have been focusing more on the micro level in their analyses. ―More and more,

economists are looking at ‗micro‘ issues — that is, issues concerned with the firm, work

group, or individual — rather than ‗macro‘ issues (industry or national level) as causes of

the poor level of productivity growth‖ (Misterek et al., 1992, p. 29).

Misterek et al. have held the view that productivity measurement at the firm level

is not only the job of people directly involved in business but also economists who are

generally more at ease with the macro level.

Newman and Matthews (2006) conducted a TFP analysis of Irish dairy, using

data from firms. Their study shows that TFP measurement does not matter significantly

for industrial production system. Rather, it is equally important even in the livestock

industry.

The literature search outlined above yielded a vast amount of literature covering

many studies to estimate TFP at firm level. A closure look of all studies mentioned above

provides strong evidence that TFP models, which was initially developed by economist,
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 139

mainly used to estimate TFP at macro level, whereas, business managers and industrial

engineers prefer TFP estimation at firm level. For this purpose they developed different

TFP models. Nevertheless, in recent days, economists are also using firm level data to

estimate TFP. Apparently, it looks that both points of view are confronting each other. In

fact, it is not. The difference is due the diverse objectives. Based on this difference, they

adopt different strategies. Based on all above discussion, it can be concluded that TFP

estimation is quite possible at both levels; macro and micro. However, selection depends

upon the many factors e.g. research objectives, data availability, and capability of

researchers.

2.13 Summary of Productivity Review

This chapter discussed the concept and significance of productivity and its

emergence. It also covered history of production functions along with the critical views

of different people related to application of production functions. This chapter also put

forward long and full of similarities and contradiction approaches to measure

productivity along with concepts of partial, multifactor, and total productivity. From all

the above discussion, one can derive that productivity has several meanings and concepts,

depending on the user of the term. Productivity ranges from labour productivity to green

productivity; there is even an issue of social productivity, as expressed by Asian

Productivity Organization. There is a consensus in the literature that productivity is a

sustainable approach to prosperity. All developed nations rely on better productivity. It is

a common view that measurement of the current level of productivity is essential for

better productivity. Productivity measurement is a complex phenomenon. As discussed


Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 140

in the previous pages, there are a number of approaches available in the literature and

used by different researchers to measure productivity.

It is quite clear from the above discussion that it is hard to reach a consensus on

the use of a particular model of productivity. Different authors have classified

productivity measurement approaches into different categories. This variation results

from different objectives of measuring productivity. Numerous models are available in

the literature to assess productivity. The suitability of the individual models depends

upon the measuring objectives and availability of data. In addition, the applicability of

the model varies according to the nature of the industry and level of productivity

measurement.

After the profound discussion of the different approaches, the author of this report

fully agrees with Gharneh about the two main categories of productivity measurement

mentioned in previous pages. Every firm by definition performs a function, usually to

produce goods or provide a specific service. Firms are recognised by their function, for

example a producer of textiles, producer of automobiles, etc. A firm that lacks production

consequently also lacks a function, which in turn means an absence of input and output.

In a production function, productivity is a ratio of output to input. However, productivity

may have different meanings in a different context.

As Gharneh said, all productivity measurement approaches related to the two

areas. First is index numbers, a measurement that is related to the production of goods. In

other words, it mainly covers the physical numbers, e.g. number of stitching workers in a

mill and number of shirts produced. Furthermore, these numbers are used in some

indexes. This approach has its merits and demerits. Second is the accounting model,
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 141

which deals with the amount used to produce any goods or services. As reflected in the

approaches mentioned above a great deal of divergence exists in different approaches of

productivity measurement yet a selection of the approach mainly depends upon the scores

of factors such as data availability, level, purpose, etc. Schreyer and Pilat (2001) explain

that the choice between the approaches depends on the purpose of productivity

measurement and, in many instances, on the availability of data.

Briefly, selection of the most suitable approach mainly depends upon the

following factors:

1. Purpose of productivity measurement

2. Resources available for productivity measurement

3. Potential of the people involved in productivity measurement

4. Organisational set up

5. Types of product and composition of market segments

6. Available data

The author of the report concludes that economists are interested in index

methods, which are highly useful for a long run production function and are loaded with

econometrics. Business managers and industrial managers find it difficult to understand

econometrics, as they are slaves of the accounting model, which is highly suitable for a

short run or even for cross- sectional data. It gives quick results and provides guidance

for immediate improvement. Business managers also prefer an accounting model, since

they and other stakeholders cannot wait for a long time. They need immediate action to

have a better profit. It may be an outcome of a better productivity or by using any other

means such as, change of location, new product line or even closing down the plants and
Chapter Two: An Overview of Total Factor Productivity 142

relying on outsourcing. After all, the goals of the firms are to have a high profit and they

like the measuring models that tell them about the level of profit and factors affecting

profit so that they may plan to have better profits. For this reason there are many studies

which have been conducted at a firm level. Literature provides evidence that interest to

measure productivity (partial, multi factor or total factor) at a firm level has an increasing

trend. In addition to that most of the studies have been conducted after 1980. It is also

apparent from the literature that such studies are widely available in literatures which

have been conducted in last in first decade of 21st century.


Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 143

CHAPTER THREE: DATA COLLECTION AND RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

The previous chapter contained a mixture of models that different authors

proposed in order to measure productivity. It concluded that the selection of a particular

model depends upon the situation of business, availability of data, and objectives that

measure productivity. The observation taken from the discussion can finalise the

methodology for research in depth. This chapter attempts to rationalize research

methodology in detail including the selection of production variables, data collection

processes, finalisation of software for analysis, explanation of techniques and methods to

measure correlation, and measuring the strength of the correlation between dependent and

independent variables. As discussed in chapter one, there are five foremost objectives of

this research:

1. Measurement of TFP of PKGI (at aggregate and disaggregate level) and its

position in the ranking to other industries

2. Finding correlation and its strength between dependent variables (TFP) and

independent variables

3. Testing of hypotheses

4. Developing a model to predict TFP

5. Course of action to improve productivity of the industry

Keeping the aforementioned objectives in view when forming the research

methodology is discussed below.


Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 144

3.1 Research Methods

As Johnson and Christensen (2006) have rightly said, there is not a single

approach that can be utilized in historically research to carry out it, although there is a

general set of steps typically followed. These include:

1. Recognizing the research topic and formulating its problems in question form

2. Data collection or literature review

3. Evaluation of material

4. Data synthesis

5. Report preparation

This report espouses similar processes as mentioned in the above lines. Earlier

research problem, research justification, and research objectives were discussed in detail

in chapter one (for more details see Section 1.6, 1.8). The researcher has developed a

hypothesis based on these findings. The literature review in the chapter two presented

not only plentiful definitions and concepts about productivity, but many other methods

for measuring productivity. The literature offers a good variety of models that can be

availed. After a comprehensive treatise, one single model was finalised. This chapter

explains data collection and the analytical method and its implications.

3.2 Quantitative and Qualitative Data

According to Johnson and Christensen (2006), for most of the 20th century, the

quantitative paradigm prevailed. During the 1980s, the qualitative paradigm came of age

as an alternative to the quantitative paradigm, and often was conceptualised as the polar

opposite of quantitative research. Finally, the modern roots of mixed research date back
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 145

the late 1950s. According to Johnson and Christensen (2006) mixed research became the

legitimate third paradigm with the publication of the Handbook of Mixed Methods in

Social and Behavioural Research by Tashakkori and Teddlie, although mixed research

had always been conducted by practicing researchers. They further state that presently

there are three major research paradigms in education (and in the social and behavioural

sciences: quantitative research, qualitative research, and mixed research. Quantitative

research primarily relies on collection of quantitative data, while qualitative research

relies on collection of qualitative data. On the other hand, mixed research involves

quantitative and qualitative methods or paradigm characteristics.

Additionally, there are two categories of quantitative research: experimental and

non-experimental research. Quantitative research is based upon variables that have

different values or categories. Opposed to constants, these do not differ. There are

numerous types of variables (Johnson & Christensen, 2006). Besides, dependent and

independent variables also exist in which independent variables are the presumed cause

of another variable, while dependent variables are the presumed effect or outcome of

another variable. Dependent variables get influence of independent variables in some

cases. There is an essential relationship between dependent and independent variables

and due to this affiliation one could not say that the dependent variable is not the outcome

of the independent variable(s).

In most cases, it is difficult to consider all variables because sometimes one

variable is affected by another variable. This gives the idea of intervening variables (also

called mediator or mediating variables) that take place between two other variables. For

example, in the case of TFP of PKGI, a better TFP is the result of capital investment,
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 146

which is used to pay for the high tech machines. Such variables are called intervening

variables. In this study, an effort has made to build up a relationship between the

dependent variable TFP and seven other independent variables. It is likely that there are

additional intervening variables.

It is essential to note down in experimental research that there is a manipulation of

dependent variables, whereas the non-experimental research carries no manipulation of

the dependent variables. Apparent relationships between the two variables in non-

experimental research do not necessarily indicate a definite relationship between

dependent and independent variables. Nevertheless, there could be numerous alternative

explanations for the relationship. Johnson and Christensen (2006) have explained in

detail characteristics of experimental and non-experimental research. Here is a summary:-

1. One can obtain much stronger evidence for causality emerging from

experimental research rather from non-experimental research (e.g., a strong

experiment is better than causal-comparative and correlation research).

2. One cannot wind up that a relationship is causal when there is only one

independent variable and one dependent variable in non-experimental research

(without controls). Therefore, the basic cases of both causal-comparative and

correlation research are severely flawed.

3. There are three necessary conditions to diagnose a relationship between

dependent and independent variables first, both variables must be related;

second, a proper time order must be established; and third the relationship

between the two must not take roots owing to extraneous or third variables.
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 147

In this research report, a relationship between dependent and independent

variables was ascertained. It is presumed that time series data can give better results than

cross sectional data. As discussed earlier, no time series data is available for PKGI,

therefore, cross sectional data were utilized in this situation. There might be confounding

and extraneous variables that strongly influenced the cause-effect statement. Since this is

non-experimental research, the influence of such variables cannot be brushed aside. As

discussed earlier in the case of experimental research, all of the above-mentioned criteria

was dealt with while on the other hand, in causal-comparative and correlation research,

which focuses on a relationship between two variables, statistics (regression analysis) can

be employed to conclude that two variables are related, as well as to determine the level

of the relationship. This report attempts to weigh the relationship between independent

and dependent variables and ascertain the meaning of the relationship. However, results

would have been better if this had been done as an experimental research.

Of the three types of research possible, experimental research produces the

informative results, though experimental research was not practicable for this study

because the objective of the research was to assess TFP levels of PKGI and its

determinants at industry level. Nevertheless, experimental study is quite effective in cases

of single firm so it is nearly impossible to have an experimental study at industry level.

In view of the research objectives, the use of cross sectional data and its implication of

relationships came into use.

In addition to measuring TFP, this research attempts to determine the impact of

different factors on TFP. To measure TFP, this report used quantitative data; however,

only to measure the impact of different variables on TFP. This research drew upon a
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 148

different set of variables. As discussed in the chapter two, the most common definition of

productivity is the ratio of output to input. Keeping this definition into reflection, there is

a strong need for quantitative data to measure TFP.

Nevertheless, certain qualitative factors might have a strong impact on TFP. To

accommodate certain questions such as level of education, managerial style of the firms,

level of skill, application of IT, and level of technology were added to the questionnaire.

During the pilot survey, it originated that a part of the data is unavailable, e.g. education

and skill level of the workers. Moreover, people are often reluctant to answer such

questions. Because of these constraints, it was decided to use quantitative data in order to

assess the impact of factors on TFP. As mentioned earlier, there is no alternative to

quantitative data. Even so, this researcher believes that qualitative data should be

included in this report, though, as explained earlier, the researcher excluded some

selected variables due to limitations in collecting data for the study.

The next section discusses in depth the procedure (research methodology) used to

achieve the objectives. This section will explain the rationale of the adopted research

methodology. The debate shows up the following points:

1. Selection of TFP measuring model

2. Finalisation of population

3. Sampling

4. Measuring of TFP

5. Comparison of TFP

6. Testing of hypotheses

7. Identification of factors affecting TFP of PKGI


Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 149

8. Assessing impact of selected factors on TFP

9. Measuring importance of correlation between TFP and its determinants

10. Regression equation for prediction of dependent and independent variables

3.3 Validity of Data Set

In this research, primary and secondary data were used to measure the TFP of

PKGI and its determinants. It is necessary to confirm the validity of the data before using

it. Johnson and Christensen (2006) discussed in detail the impact of data validity in

research and outlined methods to check validity. According to them, every information

source must be evaluated for authenticity and accuracy because any source can be

affected by a variety of factors, such as prejudice, economic conditions, and political

climate. Evaluation is of two kinds that each source must pass:

1. External Criticism- is a process for determining the validity, trustworthiness, and

authenticity of the source.

2. Internal Criticism–this is a process for determining the accuracy of the

information contained in the sources collected. This is done by positive and

negative criticism.

Positive criticism refers to the confirmation that the meaning conveyed to the sources

has been understood. This is normally difficult because of problems of vagueness and

presence. The vagueness refers to uncertainty in the meaning of the words used in the

source and presence passes on to the assumption that the present-day connotation of

terms also applied in the past.


Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 150

Negative criticism refers to establishing the authenticity and accuracy of the

content of sources used. This is difficult because it requires a judgment about the

accuracy and authenticity of the source. Firsthand accounts by witnesses to an event are

typically assumed reliable and accurate.

As per Johnson and Christensen (2006), historians often use three heuristics in

handling evidence: corroboration, sourcing, and contextualization. Corroboration or

comparing documents to each other determines whether they provide the same

information or not, and can be used to obtain information about accuracy and

authenticity. Sourcing, or identifying the author, date of creation of a document, and the

place it was created is another technique that is used to establish the authenticity or

accuracy of information. Contextualization, or identifying when and where an event took

place, is a technique used to establish authenticity and accuracy of information.

In the research report, all of three methods will be applied prior to using data that will

help confirm the legitimacy of the data.

3.4 TFP Measuring Model

The preceding part of this chapter discussed the concept, significance, application,

and measuring approaches of productivity. It covered partial, multifactor, and total

productivity. It is in evidence that productivity has lots of meaning and concepts,

depending upon the user of the term. Productivity ranges from labour productivity to

green productivity; there is even an issue of social productivity. The literature has

consensus that productivity is a sustainable approach to prosperity. All developed nations

rely on better productivity and it is a common observation that measurement of the


Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 151

current level of productivity is essential for better productivity, and productivity

measurement is a complex phenomenon. As discussed in the previous pages, there are a

number of approaches available in the literature and used by different researchers to

measure productivity.

The discussion makes it quite clear that it is hard to reach an agreement about the

use of a particular model of productivity as different authors have classified productivity

measurement approaches into different categories. This variation results from different

objectives of measuring productivity and numerous models are available in the literature

to gauge productivity. The suitability of the individual models depends upon the

measuring objectives and availability of data. In addition, the applicability of the model

varies according to the nature of the industry and level of productivity measurement. It is

the reason why TFP models are a good choice because they have an effective function of

accounting. The rationale of selection of this model is put forward here yet there are some

other TFP models that different authors have proposed and which are based on

accounting functions. As said earlier they are not much different from each other, the fact

goes there are serious objections on TFP models and at the same time, there are people

who are in favour of these models. Amid this controversial situation, TFP models based

on accounting function have been selected. A list of some common TFP models is as

under:

1. American Productivity Centre Model (APC Model),

2. Sumanth Model (1990)

3. Tangerass Model (1980)

4. Craig and Harris Model (1973)


Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 152

5. Sink Model (1985)

The TFP models have both advantages and disadvantages. A critical discussion on

TFP models supports the criteria of TFP model and its selection. Sumanth (1990)

describes the following advantages of the TFP model (total productivity model):

1. It provides both aggregate (firm level) and detailed (operational unit-level)

productivity indices.

2. It points out the operational units that are profit making.

3. It shows which particular input resources are being utilised inefficiently, so that

corrective actions can be taken.

4. It lends itself to mathematical treatment so that sensitivity analysis and model

validity become easier.

5. It is integrated with evaluation, planning, and improvement phases of the

productivity cycle. That is to say, the total productivity model offers for the first

time a way of not only measuring but also evaluating, planning, and improving

the overall productivity of the organisation as a whole, as well as its operation

units.

6. Management can have tighter control on total productivity of major operation

units, while providing routine control for the less critical operation units.

7. It provides valuable information to strategic planners in making decisions related

to diversification and phase-outs of product or services.

8. It helps firms to identify their position in the market.

9. It helps to identify the level of achievement to benefit the ultimate goal of better

total productivity.
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 153

One of the principal drawbacks of this model is that it does not indicate which

particular input is being used efficiently or inefficiently. Aggregate total productivity

does not help the firm‘s management to identify the productivity level of different

departments. It could be biased by the existence of investment outside production.

Carlaw and Lipsey criticise the TFP approach. They argue, ―TFP is not a measure

of technological change and only under ideal conditions does it measure the super normal

profits associated with technological change‖ (2003, p. 457). According to Carlaw and

Lipsey TFP is not the appropriate approach to measure productivity in all cases.

In spite of the constraints of the TFP model, many studies have worked to assess

its validity, including the above-mentioned points. Based on the above discussion and

keeping in view the study objective, availability of cross-sectional data, and data

restriction, the TFP model is the best option, and there are only minor differences among

the models, while their theme is alike. The total productivity model presented by

Sumanth, Sink, Craig and Harris, and APC was selected for the estimation of TFP of

PKGI.

The mathematical notation of Sumanth (1990) total productivity model is under.

Total Tangible Output


Total Productivity = ──────────
Total Tangible Input
Where:

Total Tangible Output = value of finished units produced+ value of partial units

produced + dividends from securities + interest from bonds + other income


Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 154

Total Tangible Input = value of (human + material + capital + energy + other expenses)

input used

There is a need to cover data of total tangible input and tangible output for the

application of the TFP model in order to measure TFP. This data should travel over total

value of goods produced, value of goods in process, any other revenue generated by the

firm through input details, and covering the cost of material, energy, labour, and any

other cost incurred during the period under consideration. As mentioned in chapter one,

firms of PKGI are not bound to submit their financial reports to the Income Tax

Authority. What‘s more, majority of firms are not listed in the stock exchange however,

the Ministry of Industries and Production in Pakistan carries out detailed surveys of all

manufacturing industries and compiles an annual report. This survey is called the Census

of Manufacturing Industries (CMI). This data go to the Federal Bureau of Statistics of

Pakistan that publishes this report for common uses. During a visit to the Federal Bureau

of Statistics of Pakistan, it observed that the last survey conducted in 2000-01. This data

provides complete details about input and output of PKGI and 18,061 other firms of 181

different sectors during the year of 2000-01.

In 2000-01, the Government of Pakistan collected data from 18,061 firms from

181 different sectors, including textiles, steel, leather, etc. This data will be used to

measure the TFP at the sector level. Results will be used to make a comparison of TFP

among different sectors, as well as with PKGI. The purpose of this comparison is to

gauge the ranking of TFP of PKGI in the list of other manufacturing industries of

Pakistan.
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 155

3.5 Selection of Determinants Affecting TFP of PKGI

Numerous variables can affect the TFP of any firm. Different authors have used

different variables critically assess the productivity of the garment industry. For instance,

Bheda (2002) used 14 variables in his research on the Indian apparel industry.

Brinkerhoff and Dressler (1990) suggested the following variables to weigh up the

productivity:-

1. Ratio of total sales and total cost (TFP)

2. Ratio of satisfied customers and total expenses

3. Ratio of labour expenses and total satisfied customers

4. Production of energy cost

Au (1997) used firm size (production capacity) as a variable in determining

productivity of the Hong Kong garment industry and found a direct link between

productivity and firm size. Key and McBride (2003) have used outsourcing (production

on contracts) as a variable in productivity. Keeping in view the data availability, the

following variables have been taken into account to determine a relationship between

TFP and additional factors:

1. Share of Fashion Garments in Total Production (Basic and embellished)

2. Number of Stitching Machines (production capacity)

3. Share of Different Markets (export to different markets)

4. Share of Financial Expenses in Total Expenses (reliance on bank loans)

5. Share of Labour Expenses in Total Expenses

6. Average Product Price (FOB in U.S. $)

7. Total Sales in One Year (in U.S. $)


Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 156

It is very important to argue about the selection criteria of these variables before

they are used for regression analysis. The following pages briefly discuss the variables

and their anticipated results.

Share of fashion garments in total production. Knitted garment manufacturers

produce various types of products for different segments of the market. The range of

products produced by PKGI clearly demonstrates it and this range can be divided into

two main categories: basic and embellish garments (basic and fashion garments). Basic

garments include polo shirts, T-shirts, and basic logo tees, none of which have

embroidery and printing. Embellished knitted garments have embroidery, printing,

piecing, etc. There is invariably a price difference between the two types of garments.

Furthermore, production processes differ and consequently profit margins are different

for basic and fashion garments. It was found during a survey that the majority of firms

were producing a combination of basic and fashion (embellished) garments. It is very

unusual that a firm would produce exclusively basic or fashion garments and it is

presumed that the product mix has a major impact on TFP. It is hypothesised that firms

having a mixture of the two types of garments will have a higher TFP.

Production capacity. Knitted garment producing firms can be classified into two

main categories: (a) vertical and (b) horizontal firms. The knitted garment production

process includes the knitting of fabric, finishing (bleaching, dyeing, printing, and

finishing of fabric), and stitching of garments. Firms that have knitting, finishing, and

stitching engagements under one roof are called vertical and firms having only a stitching

facility are called horizontal firms. They get their fabric knitted and dyed from the market

and do outsourcing for the fabric. The garment manufacturing capacity of any firm
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 157

primarily depends upon the number of machines it has, since garments are produced on

these machines. It is presumed that this factor has a significant impact on the TFP of the

firms. Wu (2002) has discussed the relationship between factory size and its

productivity. Wu recalled that more than 60 years ago Coase, an economist who was a

Nobel Prize winner, had explained meticulously why firms vertically integrated, as

opposed to individually buying and selling goods and services at every stage of

production. The primary reason Coase explained was inadequate information and basic

need to diminish transaction costs. Wu (2002) has further stated that in past, transaction

costs were high and, due to insufficient information, firms repeatedly preferred vertical

integration. Nevertheless, in the current era, when rapid access to information is readily

available and there is a tremendous reduction in transaction costs and time, firms find

attractive the option of concentrating on their strong points and outsourcing for other

goods and services.

Brush and Karnani (1996) have also supported the idea that firms should not

focus on big plants and prefer to have vertical units. According to their study, firms are

diverting to smart plants instead of developing huge projects. Recent popular business

literature has elaborated that there is a significant trend in U.S. firms to downsize.

Conventional manufacturing wisdom —the bigger the plant, the greater its efficiency—is

being seriously questioned. Numerous firms, including AT&T, FMC, and General

Electric are replacing huge manufacturing complexes with new, smaller plants.

Key and McBride (2003) have investigated the impact of contract production of

the U.S. Hog Industry on productivity. They found that the number of formal contracts
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 158

has increased from 11% to 34%, while output increased from 22% to 63%. Considering

these factors, an assumption says that capacity has a negative impact on TFP.

Market segment. PKGI is primarily an export-oriented industry and depends

exclusively upon export. This industry sells only overruns in the local market and its

chief markets are the U.S.A and Europe. More than 60% of goods are exported to the

U.S. market (APTMA, 2006). There is a fundamental difference between the U.S. and

European markets. U.S. buyers place big orders, in contrast to the smaller orders typical

of European buyers. The average price is also different in both markets. Besides, the

garment description differs. It is assumed that firms having a mixed share of both markets

will have a high TFP compared to firms that have only one market access. Bheda (2002)

has also used this variable in his research.

Share of financial expenses in total expenses. The interest rate of Pakistani banks

is quite high, when it is compared with banks in developed countries. During 1990, it was

more than 20% per annum. In 2000-01, the period under study, interest rates were

between 12% to 15%. The government of Pakistan offers working capital to exporting

firms at highly discounted rates under a scheme of export finance, which was discounted

to 6% in 2001. Firms that do not take advantage of this loan seek help from the market to

cover financial needs through purchasing of goods on credit. Purchase of goods from the

market on credit is expensive as compared to banks. Vendors charge more than 25%

extra to supply goods on credit. Firms with less working capital have to rely on market

credit. It is assumed that the TFP of firms that depend more a lot on bank loans is better

than others. Firms with more bank loans have to pay interest to banks. This is an expense

of the firm but its amount is less than the extra amount charged by the supplier if firm
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 159

gets goods and service at credit (payment after a certain period). Consequently, the share

of financial expenses of such firms is high compared to firms that do not rely upon bank

loans. It is assumed that firms relying on banks will be more productive.

Share of labour expenses in total expenses. The garment industry is a labour

intensive industry. There is a great variation in the percentage of the labour cost in

relation to the total cost of the garment. Perhaps there is a negative linkage between

labour cost and TFP. A greater share of labour cost in the total cost of the production of

garments means that firms are relying more on manual work than machine work or there

is less automation in the production system, e.g. a traditional bundle system in stitching

instead of a modern hanger system. Gottschalk (1978) shows that payment for labour at

higher than normal market rates do not mean a correspondingly higher productivity. In

fact, there are various reasons that control the relationship between marginal productivity

and the cost of labour in total production. Gottschalk (1978) has explained a relationship

between marginal productivity and factor payment. According to him, a sophisticated

statement of the marginal productivity theory recognizes that factor payments and

productivity differ at any moment in time for a number of reasons.

Average product price. PKGI exports garments at different prices depending upon

quality, quantity, delivery time, material, size, style, etc. It was observed during this

research that every firm exports garments at different prices and the average price is

directly linked with productivity. Bheda (2002) used product price or value as a variable

in assessing productivity. He gave the name ―product category‖ to this variable. This

hypothesis asserts that firms having very low or very high garment prices have a low

TFP, whereas firms producing garments of medium prices will have a higher TFP.
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 160

Total sales. Total Sales show the size of the business. Au (1997) has used this

variable to assess the productivity of the Hong Kong garment industry. A negative link

between sale volume and TFP is expected.

The discussion can infer a number of factors contributing to TFP; however, the

significance of each factor might differ. In this study, it is assumed that all of the above-

mentioned factors have contributed to the TFP and their significance can be judged with

the help of regression analysis.

3.6 Population and Sampling

As per the report of Pakistan Hosiery Manufacturing Association (2001), 218

firms out of 900 firms were responsible for 90% of the exports (for more information see

Section 1.5). These 218 firms were selected as the population for this survey, based on

their 90% share in total exports2. Based on this relevant information, it was decided to

ignore 682 out of 900 companies due to their insignificant share in total exports.

There are two types of firms, vertical and horizontal. Vertical-firms have knitting,

wet processing, and stitching facilities under one roof, while horizontal firms have only

stitching facilities. They do outsourcing for knitting and dyeing/printing (wet process).

Using a random selection process, 49 firms were selected for the survey, which

was 24.22% of the total population. Out of 49 firms, 33 are vertical firms and 16 are

horizontal firms. A questionnaire was developed and a survey was conducted. Some

firms were visited personally and a few were contacted by phone (see Appendix A).

2
Note that PKGI is mainly export oriented.
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 161

3.7 Classification of PKGI

For better results in the research, there should be a high degree of similarity

among the population. In this study, the population of 218 firms engaged in exporting

knitted garments. Vertical and horizontal firms differed widely, including in size,

capacity, business style, and marketing strategies. Consequently it was decided that both

types of firms, vertical and horizontal firms, would be treated separately for better results.

Lasserre and Ouellette (1988) have elaborated that there must be maximum similarities

among the sectors under study. They said that productivity measures are frequently used

to compare the performance of different sectors. Keeping all in view PKGI was classified

into the two following categories:

1. Industries having knitting, dyeing, and stitching facilities (vertical firms);

2. Industries having only stitching facilities (horizontal firms).

Both classes will be dealt with separately for accurate results (at disaggregate level).

However, to have an overall view of the PKGI, analysis at an aggregate level (combine

for vertical and horizontal) will also be done and results will be compared in order to

identify which sector performed best.

3.8 Correlation and Regression

Correlation and regression analyses help measure the relationship and strength of

the relationship between dependent and independent variables. Siegel (2000) suggests

three basic goals to keep in mind when studying relationships in bivariate data:

1. The first purpose of studying relationships is to describe and understand

the correlation between different production variables. This is the most


Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 162

general goal, adequately providing background information to help

understand how the world works.

2. The second purpose is to predict new observations. In this process, one

can correctly predict any outcome based on the previous workings. Sales

of particular goods can be predicted based upon the previous period's

sales.

3. Finally, the process guides the management to mediate in the process for

adjustment and control. Based on this observation one can make necessary

changes in the whole process to achieve desired targets.

3.9 Measurement of Correlation

As said by Berenson and Levine (1998), correlation is a process in which the

strength of different variables is measured. It is not used to predict dependent variables;

rather it is used to evaluate the strength of alliance among different determinants.

Chaudhry and Kamal (2005) have mentioned that correlation, like covariance, is a

measure of the level to which any two variables differ in relation to one and other. In

other words, two variables are said to be correlated if they tend to all together diverge in

the similar direction. If one variable tends to enlarge while the other variable decreases,

the correlation is said to be negative or contrary, e.g. the volume of gas decreases as the

pressure increases.

According to Chaudhry and Kamal (2005), it is worth remarking that in

correlation one measures the strength of a relationship or interdependence between two

variables; both the variables are random variables, and are treated symmetrically, i.e.
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 163

there is no difference between dependent and independent variables. According to Siegel

(2000), correlation is a summary measure of the strength of a relationship. Like all

statistical summaries, the correlation is both helpful and limited. Siegel has further stated

that if the scatter plot shows either a well-behaved linear relationship or no linear

relationship, then the correlation provides an excellent summary of the relationship.

Nevertheless, if there are problems such as a non-linear relationship, unequal variability,

clustering, or outliers in the data, the correlation number could be misleading and as a

result, correlation will be measured among different variables, including dependent and

independent variables.

Siegel (2000) has mentioned two ways to identify and measure correlation

between two variables: (a) scatterplot or (b) by mathematical formulae.

According to Siegel a scatterplot displays each case or elementary unit using two

axes to represent the two factors. Berenson and Levine (1998) define six types of

scatterplots:

1. Positive linear relationship

2. Negative linear relationship

3. No relationship

4. Positive curvilinear relationship

5. U-shaped curvilinear relationship

6. Negative curvilinear relationship

As a result, the scatter plot will be designed with the help of SPSS software to see

correlation among different variables. Mathematically the correlation is computed for the

data using a straightforward but time consuming formula. The formula for the correlation
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 164

coefficient is based on bivariate data consisting of two measurements made on the first

elementary unit through the measurements made on the last one. The term in numerator

summation involves the interaction of the two variables and determines whether a

correlation will be positive or negative. The denominator merely scales the numerator so

that the resulting correlation will be an easily interpreted pure number between –1 and

+1, denoted by ―r ―. A correlation of +1 indicates a perfect straight-line relationship, with

higher values of one variable associated with perfectly predictable advanced values of

another. A correlation of –1 indicates a perfect negative straight-line relationship, with

one variable decreases while the other increases. There are three types of relationship:-

1. Linear relationship

2. No relationship

3. Non-linear relationship

Considering the above discussion, this research will measure the strength of

correlation. This measurement tells us how two variables are correlated. It is important to

note that this correlation cannot be used for predictive purposes. In addition, this process

does not distinguish between dependent and independent variables. In chapter four, the

strength of correlation will be measured with the help of SPSS software.

3.10 Regression Analysis

Regression analysis is a methodology used primarily for the purpose of

prediction. In this report, the main objective is to use regression analysis to develop a

statistical model that can be used to predict the values of a dependent or response variable

based on the values of an explanatory or independent variable.


Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 165

Basic assumptions of linear regression are very important to discuss. Berenson

and Levine (1998) stated that there are four underlying assumptions that arise while using

regression analysis:

1. Normality

2. Homoscedasticity (constancy of the variance of a measure over the levels of

the factor under study)

3. Independence of errors

4. Linearity

The first assumption of normality requires that the value of Y be normally

distributed at each value of X. The second assumption homoscedasticity requires that the

variation around the line of the regression be constant for all variables of X. It means that

Y varies the same amount when X has low or high values. The third assumption,

independence of error, requires that the population and the error (the residual difference

between each observed and average predicted value of Y) should be independent for each

value of X. The fourth assumption, linearity, states that the relationship among variables

is linear in the parameters. Based upon this discussion, the analysis will be carried out

using multiple regressions.

3.11 Regression Coefficient and Regression Equation

Among all possible regression equations with various values of these coefficients,

these make the sum of squared prediction errors have the smallest possible values. The

regression equation or prediction equation is:


Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 166

Y = a + b1 X1+ b2 X2+ b3 X3 +…...bk X k

Where:

Y = Dependent variable or explanatory variables

a = Constant

X1, + b2 X2+ b3 X3 +……….. X k = Independent Variables

b1 + b2 + b3 +………..bk = Regression Coefficient

As mentioned before, the regression model is a statistical equation for prediction.

For appropriate results, one should be able to interpret the regression coefficients.

3.12 Prediction and Prediction Errors

According to Berenson and Levine (1998), the regression lines serve only as an

approximate predictor of the mean value of Y for a given value of X. Hence, there is a

call for development of a measure of the variability of each observation around its mean.

The measure of variability around the line of regression (that is, standard deviation) is

called standard error of the estimate. The interpretation of the standard error of the

estimate is analogous to that of the standard deviation. Similarly, the standard deviation

measures variability around the fitted line of the regression.


Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 167

3.13 The Pitfalls and Limitations of Regression

According to Berenson and Levine (1998), regression and correlation are perhaps

the most widely used and, unfortunately, the most widely misused statistical techniques

applied to business and economics. The difficulties come from the following sources:

1. Lack of awareness about the assumption of the least square regression

2. Not knowing how to evaluate the assumption of least square regression

3. Equating of correlation and causation

4. Not knowing what the alternatives to least squares regression are if a

particular assumption is violated

5. Use of a regression model without an adequate knowledge of the subject

matter.

As per Statsoft (2006), the chief conceptual limitation of all regression techniques

is that one can only ascertain relationships, but he or she is never sure about underlying

causal mechanisms. During data analysis in chapter four, these pitfalls will be kept in

mind before reaching any conclusion.

3.14 Unequal Variability

The technical word heteroscedastic (adjective) and heteroscedastic (noun) also

describe unequal variability. Siegel (2000) pointed out the unequal variability in the data

as another technical difficulty that, unfortunately, arises in business and economic data.

A scatterplot is said to have unequal variability when the variability on the

vertical axes changes dramatically with horizontal movement. Siegel has further stated

that the problem with unequal variability is that the places with high variability, which
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 168

represent the least precise information, tend to influence statistical summaries the most.

In such cases, the correlation coefficient will probably be unreliable.

Siegel (2000) has proposed two ways to address this problem. According to him,

the most common is transformation of data by using a logarithm, while the second way is

to develop a square root transformation.

3.15 Determining the Linear Regression Equation

As discussed above, scatterplot is the first step to assessing any relationship

between two different variables. This relation may be of many types. According to

Berenson and Levine (1998), one of the most important questions to address in regression

analysis involves the determination of the particular straight-line model that best fits the

model. According to Berenson and Levine, the least square method is a mathematical

technique that solves this problem.

According to Chaudhry and Kamal (2005), the principle of least squares consists

of determining the values for the unknown parameters that will minimise the sum of the

squares of errors (or residuals), where errors are defined as the difference between

observed values and the corresponding values predicted or estimated by the fitted model

equation.

The parameter values obtained will give the least sum of errors and are known as

least square estimates known residuals. According to the principles of least squares, such

values of a and b are determined that will minimise the sum of the squares of the

residuals. In other words, the best regression line is the one, which minimizes the sum of

the squares of the vertical deviations between the observed values and corresponding
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 169

values predicted by the regression model. Keeping all discussion in view in chapter four,

regression analysis will be carried out by using the least squares method so that best line

could be found to develop a regression equation.

3.16 Hypothesis Testing

In chapter one, a hypothesis was suggested. According to Siegel (2000), there is

always a pair of hypotheses, the null hypothesis (H0) and the alternative hypothesis (H1).

The null hypothesis represents the default possibility that one will accept unless presented

with convincing evidence to the contrary. Siegel (2000) explains that acceptance of the

null hypothesis is a very favoured position. It takes into account the benefit of the doubt.

In fact, one can end up accepting the null hypothesis without actually proving anything,

which can make the research weak and fragile. The null hypothesis is the more specific

hypothesis of the two. The null hypothesis is to be rejected only if there is convincing

statistical evidence that would rule out the null hypothesis as a reasonable possibility.

Rejecting the null hypothesis represents a stronger position than accepting the null

hypothesis. Results will be compared, taking null and alternative hypotheses into account,

and finally conclusions will be made.

3.17 Selection of Software for Statistical Analysis

There is an array of statistical analysis software available in the market. For this

study, the SPSS was selected and before selection of SPSS software, other software,

including Minitab and Stata, were checked. Results in all cases were the same, since the

same mathematical formulae were used, the main difference were the operation
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 170

procedure. SPSS software was found to be easy to use and understand. Accordingly,

SPSS software was chosen for this research.

3.18 Conclusion

This chapter focused primarily on finalising the research methodology. Before

attempting to fit a linear model to observed data, first determination ought to be made

whether there is a relationship between the variables of interest or not. This does not

necessarily imply that one variable causes the other (for example, higher SAT scores do

not cause higher college grades), but there is some considerable union between the two

variables. A scatterplot can be a helpful tool in determining the strength of the

relationship between two variables. If there is no appearance of a coalition between the

proposed explanatory and dependent variables (i.e., the scatter plot would not indicate

increasing or decreasing trends), then fitting a linear regression model to the data

probably will not provide a useful model. A valuable numerical measure of association

between two variables is the correlation coefficient, which is a value between -1 and +1,

indicating the strength of the association of the observed data for the two variables.

After detailed discussion, the following strategy for research analysis has been

finalised:

1. TFP will be calculated by using Sumanth‘s (1990) model of total

productivity of PKGI at aggregate and disaggregate levels;

2. Comparison will be made between TFP at aggregate and disaggregate

levels;
Chapter Three: Data Collection and Research Methodology 171

3. TFP of other sectors of the Pakistani industry will be calculated employing

the same model;

4. TFP of PKGI and other sectors will be compared;

5. Hypotheses will be tested;

6. Correlation between dependent and independent variables will be checked

out by using a scatter plot;

7. Data will be transformed with the help of a logarithm to minimise unequal

variability if required;

8. Normality, homoscedasticity, and linearity will be tested out before using

a regression model to fulfil the assumptions for regression analysis;

9. A regression equation will be derived by using the least squares method

and eliminating the less significant variables;

10. The least square weighted method will be applied if felt necessary.
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 172

CHAPTER FOUR: DATA ANALYSIS AND RESULTS

Chapter three discussed research methodology in detail and finalised the approach

to collecting and analysing data. In line with the research methodology, primary and

secondary data were collected. Primary data were collected through a survey of the

industry using a structured questionnaire and secondary data were made available from

the Federal Bureau of Statistics of Pakistan. This chapter is aimed at data analysis and

reaching a conclusion based on results derived from the data analysis.

The following list of study objectives, as detailed in Chapter One, appears here

for ready reference:

1. To examine the TFP level achieved by:

2. PKGI (at aggregate level)

3. Vertical firms of PKGI

4. Horizontal firms of PKGI

5. To compare TFP level of PKGI with other manufacturing sectors of

Pakistan

6. To identify the correlation between different determinants and TFP

7. To develop a regression equation to answer the following questions: (a)

Which set of independent variables is able to predict TFP (a dependent

variable)? And (b) which variable in a set of variables has highest

contribution in the variance of dependent variable?

8. To test hypotheses (see Section 1.8)

To achieve the aforementioned objectives, the following procedures will be

adopted (see chapter three for further detail): -


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 173

1. TFP of the PKGI will be calculated at aggregate and disaggregate levels

for vertical and horizontal firms with the help of the TFP models based on

accounting function of total productivity (see Section 3.4)

2. TFP of the 181 major industries (18061 reporting firms) of Pakistan will

be calculated and a comparison will be carried out among different

industries in Pakistan

3. Hypotheses will be tested to accept or reject the research claims

4. A correlation matrix will be made with the help of SPSS

5. Regression will be run to make a regression equation for prediction

purpose and to identify the significant contributors in the variance of TFP

6. Based on the outcome, a guideline will be provided for the better

productivity of the PKGI

4.1 Profile of PKGI

Before moving ahead, it is imperative to have a look on the profile of the industry

under discussion. As mentioned in Chapter One, PKGI can be divided into two main

sectors: organised and unorganised. A cottage or unorganised sector is quite small and

produces garments, mainly undergarments, for local consumption whereas the organised

sector is producing garments only to export to different parts of the world. It is important

to note that this study covers only the organised sector. The reason behind this selection

is the availability of required data for this study and its significance contribution in the

economy of Pakistan.
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 174

As discussed in chapter one, PKGI is spread in three main cities of Pakistan:

Faisalabad, Karachi and Lahore. More than 98% of businesses are in these cities.

Furthermore, there are two main classes of PKGI; vertical and horizontal. Vertical firms

have knitting, dyeing, and apparel making facilities (cutting, stitching and finishing) all

under one roof. Horizontal firms have only apparel making facilities. Vertical firms

purchase yarn from spinning mills and convert into fabric, then dye it according to

demands and finally make apparels as per the demand of the customer. Horizontal firms

buy ready fabric or get its knitting and dyeing from commercial knitters and dyers

(outsourcing of fabric) and they do only cutting, stitching and finishing. Nevertheless, a

few horizontal firms have in house embroidery and small scale printing.

Table 4.1 and 4.2 have been made based on information collected from Pakistan

Hosiery Manufacturing Association, which is the only association of this sector. This is

secondary data, which is being used to have an overview of the PKGI. This information

would help a better understanding of the results. Table 4.1 tells about the population of

the PKGI, which is under study, and shows the total population of the PKGI under

discussion. As mentioned in Section 1.5, there are total 900 exporters but out of 900, the

major share nearly 90% is with 24% firms (218). Table 4.1 depicts that out of 218 firms,

81 firms (37.16%) firms are horizontal and rest 137 firms (62.84%) are vertical firms.

Furthermore, Table 4.1 speaks about the share of different cities in total

population. It is very clear that Lahore has 45% share of total firms, while Karachi has

second position.

Table 4.2 deals with firms selected as sample based on random sampling

techniques. According to this table, 33 firms (67.35%) are vertical firms, while 16 firms
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 175

(32.65%) are horizontal firms. In addition to that, Table 4.2 shows that in sample data,

majority of the firms are established at Lahore whereas, Faisalabad has lowest share

(12.24%) in total sample data. Nevertheless, the ratio of horizontal and vertical firms in

population approximately matches with the ratio of horizontal and vertical firms in the

sample, collected for analysis.

Table 4.1
Frequency of firms based on type and location (population)
Types of Firms Faisalabad Karachi Lahore Total Percentage

Horizontal firms 17 48 16 81 37.16

Vertical firms 13 41 83 137 62.84

Total 30 89 99 218 100

Percentage 13.76 40.83 45.41 100.00

Source: Unpublished Report of Pakistan Hosiery Manufacturing Association

Table 4.2
Frequency of firms based on type and location (selected by using random sampling)
Types of Firms Faisalabad Karachi Lahore Total Percentage

Horizontal firms 3.00 11.00 2.00 16.00 32.65

Vertical firms 3.00 10.00 20.00 33.00 67.35

Total 6.00 21.00 22.00 49.00 100.00

Percentage 12.24 42.86 44.90 100.00


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 176

4.2 Data Summarisation of PKGI

In previous paragraphs, an overview of the PKGI was given in the form of Tables

4.1 and 4.2. These tables give a picture of the PKGI. Table 4.3 has been constructed to

have an overall observation about the data. In this table, basic statistics about the

independent variable are given. This table gives the overall view of the data and tells

about the difference between the characteristics of PKGI at aggregate and disaggregates

level. One can derive the following information from this table:

1. Sale value in U.S. Million $, is an indicator of the level of business firm is doing.

It is more likely that firms having vertical setup have high sale volume from the

firms having horizontal setup. It is clear from the Table 4.3, that mean value of

vertical firm is 4.86, which is much higher that the sale volume of horizontal

firms, which is 1.65. It is also evident that horizontal firms have Standard

Deviation (1.34), less than they have the vertical firms (5.96), which show that

spread of data.

2. Clothing manufacturing is a highly labour intensive industry. It is more likely that

share of labour expenses (direct and indirect both) have a reasonable share as

compared to a spinning mill, which is capital intensive industry. Table 4.3 depicts

that mean value of labour expenses in case of horizontal firm (8.26) is less than

labour expenses of vertical firms (9.60). It is more likely due to the difference in

salaries, over head expenses, and high stitching machine to operator ratio. Table

4.3 also demonstrate that there is a significant difference in the minimum and

maximum values of both horizontal and vertical firms.


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 177

3. Borrowing money from banks and paying interest is quite common among

business circle. It is here that firms get loan from banks and pay them interest

along with other financial charges. In this report, it is called financial expenses. It

is more likely that vertical firms, which are big in nature from horizontal firms,

have to get more loans from banks and resultantly, their financial expenses share

will be higher than horizontal firms. Table 4.3 demonstrates that vertical firms

have financial expense mean 3.73, where it is only 1.58, in case of horizontal

firms. It is a proof that vertical firms rely more on banks as compared to

horizontal firms. Furthermore, there is a huge difference in maximum values,

which are 3.60 and 13.14 for horizontal and vertical firms respectively.

4. Industry is making two types of products, simple for causal use and embellished

for people interested in fashion wear. Such clothes are printed, pieced, decorated

with appliqués, colourful embroidery. Table 4.3 demonstrates both types of firms

are producing a mix of above mentioned types of garments. There is not a

significant difference between mean values (48.44 and 52.58 for horizontal and

vertical firms respectively). However, there is understandable difference in SD.

Vertical firms have double value (22.75) than of horizontal firms (11.06). It

shows the spread of data.

5. The U.S. market has more than two third shares in total exports from Pakistan

(APTMA 2006). It is same in case of knitted garments exports. In both cases,

(horizontal and vertical) U.S. has more than two-third shares. It is obvious from

Table 4.3 that mean of exports to U.S. is 63.75% and 79.48% for horizontal and
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 178

vertical firms respectively. It shows that both firms have behaved in a similar

way.

6. Average Free on Board Price (FOB) in U.S. $ is another measure of type of

business. It is obvious from the Table 4.3, that there is a minor difference in FOB

prices. Its mean value is 4.17 and 4.29 for horizontal and vertical firms,

respectively. It shows that it is not likely that vertical firms can charge more

prices. However, it is more likely that cost of production of vertical firms is

higher than horizontal firms. This observation is supported from the share of

finance and labour expenses in total cost of production, as discussed in previous

lines.

7. As discussed earlier that vertical firms have usually a bigger setup than horizontal

firms. This is supported by the figure on mean value of number of stitching

machines. There is drastic difference between horizontal (139.06) and vertical

firms (321.82). It shows that generally, vertical firms have more production

capacity as compared to horizontal firms.


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 179

Table 4.3
Descriptive statistics of dependent variables

N Mean Std. Skewness Kurtosis Min Max


Deviation
Sale Value Horizontal Firms 16 1.65 1.34 1.19 0.9 0.32 4.98
(Million U.S. $) Vertical Firms 33 4.86 5.96 2.39 6.15 0.12 26.83
Aggregated Level 49 3.81 5.15 2.94 9.81 0.12 26.83
Share (%) of Horizontal Firms 16 8.26 5.1 -0.1 -1.41 0.63 16.03
Labour Expenses
Vertical Firms 33 9.6 4.76 0.47 0.62 0.67 22.96
in Total Cost
Aggregated Level 49 9.16 4.86 0.24 -0.03 0.63 22.96
Share (%) of Horizontal Firms 16 1.58 1.12 0.45 -0.8 0.02 3.6
Financial Vertical Firms 33 3.73 3.15 1.42 1.72 0.16 13.14
Expenses in Aggregated Level 49 3.03 2.84 1.8 3.41 0.02 13.14
Total Cost
Share (%) of Horizontal Firms 16 48.44 11.06 -0.39 3.62 25 75
Fashion Vertical Firms 33 52.58 22.75 -0.13 -0.54 0 90
Garments in Aggregated Level 49 51.22 19.67 -0.01 0.08 0 90
Total Production

U.S.A Market Horizontal Firms 16 63.75 22.55 0.18 -0.53 25 100


Share (%) in Vertical Firms 33 79.48 22.14 -1.36 1.51 10 100
Total Exports Aggregated Level 49 74.35 23.27 -0.74 -0.25 10 100
Average FOB Horizontal Firms 16 4.17 0.72 0.62 -0.62 3.25 5.5
Price in U.S. $ Vertical Firms 33 4.29 1.03 1.01 -0.17 3 6.5
Aggregated Level 49 4.25 0.93 1.02 0.1 3 6.5
Number of Horizontal Firms 16 139.06 82.75 2.31 6.43 75 400
Stitching Vertical Firms 33 321.82 182.23 0.9 0.32 60 780
Machines Aggregated Level 49 262.14 178.26 1.19 0.96 60 780
Installed
Source: Primary data collected through survey and secondary data from Pakistan Federal Bureau of
Statistics.

4.3 TFP of PKGI and its Comparison

As mentioned in Section 1.8, one if the objectives of this study is to calculate the

TFP of PKGI at aggregate and disaggregate level and then its comparison with other

sectors of Pakistan manufacturing industries. In the following pages, TFP has been

calculated. For this purpose, TFP models based on accounting function has been

calculated (Section 3.4) Mathematical equation of this model is as under:


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 180

Total Tangible Output


Total Productivity 
Total Tangible Input
Where:

Total Tangible Output = value of finished units produced+ value of partial units

produced + dividends from securities + interest from bonds + other income

Total Tangible Input = value of (human + material + capital + energy + other

expenses) input used

The above equation was used to calculate TFP of PKGI and other manufacturing

sectors of Pakistan. Total Tangible Input (total cost of production) was calculated by

adding all expenses (wages, salary bill, utility cost, financial expenses, raw material cost,

and miscellaneous expenses. All these expenses are given in Appendix 1 and 2 under the

heading of Total Cost of Production. Total Tangible Output means value of finished

goods, work in process, change in stocks and raw material, and other incomes. Total of

all above mentioned figures is available in Appendix 1 and 2 under the heading of Total

Sale Value.

Table 4.4 shows the results of the data analysis. It lists the TFP of PKGI at

aggregate and disaggregate levels and TFP of 18,063 firms from 181 different

manufacturing sectors of Pakistan. The Pakistan Federal Bureau of Statistics published

reports based on census of Pakistan‘s manufacturing industries in 2001. This report

(secondary data) was used to calculate the TFP of different sectors with the help of the

TFP models based on accounting function. The following results have been derived from

the analysis:

1. Arithmetic mean of the TFP of PKGI at aggregate level is 0.976, which is less

than one. Furthermore, the TFP at a disaggregate level for horizontal and vertical
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 181

firms is 0.975 and 0.976 respectively, which is also less than one. This means that

the tangible output of PKGI at aggregate and disaggregate levels is less than the

tangible input. In other words, it can be said that PKGI as a whole completely

faced a loss in the year under study. As discussed in Chapter One, a TFP of more

than 1means that the TFP of the firm is high and less than 1means that the TFP is

low. In this study, the benchmark is one. A TFP of more than 1will be considered

as a high TFP, and vice versa. If the TFP is more than one, it depicts that the total

tangible output is greater than the total tangible input. In other words, one can say

that the firm produces more than its consumption. It also means that the firm

made a profit, since more output is a gain on input, which is the ultimately

purpose of the firm.

2. The TFP level of horizontal firms is 0.975, while the TFP of vertical firms is

0.976, which is slightly higher than the TFP level of horizontal firms. TFP level

of vertical firms is also same when compared with the TFP of PKGI at aggregate

levels. As a whole, however, there is not a significant difference among all three

values.

3. The median of horizontal firms is 1.01, while the median of vertical firms is

0.950. The median value of vertical firms obviously shows that more than 50% of

the firms have a TFP of less than one. Nevertheless, more than 50% of horizontal

firms have a TFP of greater than one. As a whole this indicates that horizontal

firms have better productivity than vertical firms at disaggregate level. In case the

data is heterogeneous, the median value becomes significant as compared to

mean. Median of horizontal and vertical tells the real picture. It is evidence that
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 182

majority of horizontal firms earned profit. Whereas majority of vertical firms

faced loss in the year 2000-01. Nevertheless, median of TFP at aggregated level

is also less than1(0.98), which shows that more than 50% of the firms at

aggregated level have beard the loss since their output was less than the input.

4. Table 4.4 shows that the standard deviation of TFP at aggregate levels is 0.127,

which is greater than the horizontal firms (0.09). It shows that in the case of the

TFP at aggregate levels, firms vary more from the average. Table 4.4 also shows

that the standard deviation of horizontal firms is 0.091, which is much less than

the vertical firms. It shows that there is less variation in the case of horizontal

firms. In other words, it can be said that the horizontal firm‘s behaviour has more

similar as compare to the vertical firms.

5. According to the results, the skewness value of the TFP of vertical firms is 1.28

with a positive sign, while, in the case of horizontal firms it is 1.454 with a

negative sign. It shows that in the case of vertical firms, the majority of the firms

have a lesser TFP compared to the mean vale of TFP. In the case of horizontal

firms, skewness is negative, which means that the majority of the firms have a

TFP of more than the mean value of TFP. It can be inferred from these two values

that, as a whole, horizontal firms performed better than the vertical firms.

6. Table 4.4 shows that the value of kurtosis in all three cases is different. It is quite

high in the case of PKGI at aggregate levels and of vertical firms. However, it is

significantly less in the case of horizontal firms. High kurtosis value shows that

values are nearer to mean value. Whereas, low value shows that values are spread

and there are number of observations which are away from the mean value. This
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 183

table shows that horizontal firms have more data spread as compared to vertical

firms.

7. Minimum and maximum TFP values indicate that range in case of horizontal

firms is less as compared to vertical firms. This is evidence that vertical firms

have more diverse performance as compared to horizontal firms.

8. As indicated in the above discussion, it has been observed that mean of TFP of

vertical firms is slightly higher than horizontal firms. However, at the same time,

its median is less, which shows that there are some outfitters in the data of

horizontal firms, which have reduced the mean value of TFP of horizontal firms,

and in case of vertical firms they have increased the mean value.

9. It is manifest from Table 4.4 that the mean of TFP of PKGI at aggregate level is

0.976, while the mean of 181 manufacturing industries is 1.47, which is nearly

50% higher than the TFP of PKGI. It is clear from the aforementioned values that,

as a whole, the manufacturing industry of Pakistan has performed well since its

total tangible output is greater than their tangible input. In other words, these

firms gain more than they consume. Based on the observation one can say that

these firms earned a profit. It is also obvious that the lowest TFP of 18,061 firms

is 0.34, which is quite less than one. The TFP of PKGI at aggregate and

disaggregate levels is less than one.

10. These results show that mean of TFP of the Pakistani manufacturing industry

(1.47) is significantly high in comparison with TFP of PKGI (0.976).

11. The Standard Deviation value of 181 manufacturing industries is 0.351, while

standard deviation of PKGI is 0.127. This indicates the variation in the data. It is
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 184

obvious from these values that there is a lot of variation in the case of 181

manufacturing industries of Pakistan, while in the case of PKGI, there is more

similarity in the behaviour of different firms. Based on the above, it can be said

that the TFP of PKGI is lower than the TFP of other manufacturing industries in

Pakistan.

The above discussion is related to the TFP level achieved by the PKGI at

aggregate, disaggregates levels, and results in a comparison of the two. It can be deduced

that the TFP of PKGI is low compared to other industries in Pakistan. This scenario

shows that PKGI is not in a better shape and is facing a crisis. If this situation remains

then it is likely that many firms will have to file voluntary bankruptcy. (This observation

has been verified by the unpublished report of the Pakistan Hosiery Manufacturing

Association, the official representative of PKGI, that in 2005 more than 25% firms closed

and many more were intending to file bankruptcy).

Table 4.4
TFP of PKGI (at aggregate and disaggregate level) and major industries of Pakistan
PKGI PKGI PKGI Major
Horizontal Vertical Aggregated Industries
Firms Firms Level of
(Combined) Pakistan

N 16 33 49 181
Mean 0.975 0.976 0.976 1.470
Median 1.01 0.95 0.98 1.39
Std. Deviation 0.091 0.142 0.127 0.351
Skewness -1.45 1.28 1.03 2.24
Kurtosis 1.48 3.59 3.97 9.58
Minimum 0.75 0.72 0.72 0.34
Maximum 1.08 1.47 1.47 3.59
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 185

Figure 4.1
Distribution of TFP (horizontal firms)

Figure 4.2
Distribution of TFP (vertical firms)
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 186

Figure 4.3
Distribution of TFP (at aggregated level)

Figure 4.4
Distribution of TFP (manufacturing sector in Pakistan)
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 187

4.4 Hypothesis Testing

The following research hypotheses were included in chapter one. The testing of

these hypotheses is part of the study objectives. Below, results of hypotheses testing are

given. Based on the results, the following hypotheses will be rejected or accepted. For

analysis purpose, SPSS software has been used.

Ho Ha

µTFP of vertical firms = µ TFP of horizontal firms µTFP of vertical firms ≠ µ TFP of horizontal firms

µ TFP of horizontal firms is less or equal to 1 µTFP of horizontal firms is greater than 1

µTFP of vertical firms is less or equal to 1 µTFP of vertical firms is greater than 1

µTFP of PKGI at aggregate level is less or equal to 1 µ TFP of PKGI at aggregate level is greater than 1

4.4.1 Assumptions for t-test. There is a big debate in the literature about the

assumptions made before applying the t test. There are different views but the most

important is that population from which sample has been drawn is normally distributed.

As said by Elliott and Woodward (2006) this assumption is rarely if ever precisely true in

practice. It depends upon the researcher and how he or she is concerned about this

assumption. Elliot and Woodward published three assumptions that are generally

considered before applying the t test.

1. If the sample size is small (less than 15), then one should not use the one-

sample t-test if the data are clearly skewed or if outliers are present.

2. If the sample size is moderate (at least 15), then the one-sample t-test can

be safely used except when there are severe outliers.


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 188

3. If the sample size is large (at least 40), then the one-sample t-test can be

safely used without regard to skewness or outliers.

Elliot and Woodward (2006) further wrote that there is an obvious variation of

these rules throughout the literature and having large sample data is based on the central

limit theorem, which says that when sample size is moderately large, the sample mean is

approximately normally distributed even when the original population is not normal.

Chaudhry and Shahid (2005) have also discussed the assumptions for t test.

According to them, one should take care of the following assumptions;

1. Selection of samples should be based on random selection

2. The population from which samples has been drawn should be normal

3. In the case of two small samples, both the samples are selected randomly

from a population which should be normal and have same equal variances.

Table 4.2 tells that there are 49 firms under study. Out of these, 33 are vertical

and 16 are horizontal. Apparently, sample size in both cases is more than 15, which is

one of the fundamental requirements for t test. Based on the above assumption it was

decided to carry out the t test because the data fulfils the assumption — not fully, but to

some acceptable extent.

4.4.2 Mean difference in TFP of horizontal and vertical firms. As discussed in

chapter four, TFP is one of the key objectives of the firms. It is also discussed in previous

paragraphs that there are two types of firms; horizontal and vertical. Based on this

diversification, there is a need to know which type of firm or business style is better than

others. For this purpose the following hypothesis was developed:


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 189

Ho: µTFP of vertical firms = µ TFP of horizontal firms

Ha: µTFP of vertical firms ≠ µ TFP of horizontal firms

For this purpose, Independent-Samples t test was carried out and the following

tables were obtained:

Table 4.5
Independent t test group statistics
Types of Firm N Mean Std. Std. Error
Deviation Mean

Total Factor Horizontal Firms 16.00 0.975 0.091 0.02


Productivity

Vertical Firms 33.00 0.976 0.142 0.02

Table 4.6
Independent t test significance values
Independent
Samples Test

Levene's Test t-test for


Equality
for Equality of
Variances of Means

F Sig. t df Sig.

(2-tailed)

Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower

Total Factor Equal variances 1.57 0.22 -0.03 47.00 0.98


Productivity assumed

Equal variances -0.03 43.08 0.97

not assumed
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 190

Table 4.5 gives a group statistics of the firms under test. It is understandable from

Table 4.5 that there is a slight difference between mean values of horizontal and vertical

firms (0.975 and 0.976 respectively). However, this table shows that there is a significant

difference in standard deviation between two (0.91 and 1.42). Table 4.6 is the outcome of

the Levene test. After assuming that there is no equality in variance, its significance value

(0.978) is greater than 0.05. It shows that there is no significant evidence to reject the null

hypotheses, which says that there is no difference in the mean values of TFP of horizontal

and vertical firms.

From this result, it is clear that there is no significant difference in the TFP of

horizontal and vertical firms. It can be at the 5% level of significance (α=0.05) that it is

not necessary for better TFP to prefer horizontal or vertical type of firms.

4.4.3 Test of mean of TFP at aggregated level. TFP is a ratio of output to input.

In this equation, output is numerator and input is denominator. If the output and input

values are equal then it can be said that the output of a firm is equal to its input or one can

say that firm consumed same amount of input, which is equal to output. If the

denominator is smaller than the numerator, it means that firm has produce more and

consumed less and TFP will be more than 1. To check the TFP, whether it is greater

than1or not, the following hypothesis was made:

Ho: µTFP of PKGI at aggregate level is less or equal to 1

Ha: µ TFP of PKGI at aggregate level is greater than 1

For this purpose, One-sample t test was carried out and following Tables were

obtained:
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 191

Table 4.7
One sample t test group statistics (at aggregated level)
Std. Error
N Mean Std. Deviation Mean

Total Factor Productivity 49 0.976 0.127 0.018

Table 4.8
One sample t test significance values (at aggregated level)
One-Sample Test

Test Value = 1

Sig. (2-
T Df tailed)

Lower Upper Lower

Total Factor
Productivity -1.34 48.00 0.186

Table 4.8 shows that the p value is 0.186, which is greater than 0.05 (α= 0.05). In

this case, the null hypothesis says that TFP of aggregated firm is equal or less than1 (one

tail). For this purpose, p value is divided by two and then the p value is compared with α

value, which is 0.05. Table 4.8 shows that p/2 is 0.093, which is greater than 0.05. Based

on this result there is no enough evidence to reject the Ho. Hence, it can be said at the

level of 5% significance that TFP of aggregated firms (combined horizontal and vertical

firms) is less than 1 or maximum equal to 1. It means that PKGI as a whole did not earn

profit.

4.4.4 Test of mean of TFP of horizontal and vertical firms. In previous pages, the

mean of TFP at aggregated level was checked, and it was found that there is no evidence
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 192

to reject the null hypotheses that mean of TFP is less or equal to 1. This test is also

applied to check the hypotheses about the mean of TFP of horizontal and vertical firms.

To check the TFP of horizontal and vertical firms, whether it is greater than1or not, the

following hypothesis was made:

Ho:

µTFP of vertical firms is less or equal to 1

µTFP of horizontal firms is less or equal to 1

Ha:

µTFP of vertical firms is greater than 1

µTFP of horizontal firms is greater than 1

For this purpose, One-sample t test was carried out.


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 193

Table 4.9
One sample t test group statistics (horizontal and vertical firms)
One-Sample
Statistics(a)

Std. Std. Error


N Mean Deviation Mean

Total Factor
Productivity 16.00 0.975 0.09 0.02

Type of Firm = Horizontal Firms

One-Sample
Statistics(a)

Std. Std. Error


N Mean Deviation Mean

Total Factor
Productivity 33.00 0.976 0.14 0.02

Type of Firm = Vertical Firms


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 194

Table 4.10
One sample t test significance values (horizontal and vertical firms)

One-Sample Test(a)

Test Value = 1

T df Sig. (2-tailed)

Lower Upper Lower

Total Factor Productivity -1.10 15.00 0.29

Type of Firm = Horizontal Firms

One-Sample Test(a)

Test Value = 1

T df Sig. (2-tailed)

Lower Upper Lower

Total Factor Productivity -0.97 32.00 0.34

Type of Firm = Vertical Firms

Table 4.10 shows that the p value (divided by two) in both cases (horizontal and

vertical) is .145 and 0.17, respectively, which is greater than 0.05 (α= 0.05). In this case,

null hypothesis says that TFP of horizontal and vertical firms is equal or less than1 (one

tail). Based on this result there is not enough evidence to reject the Ho. Hence, it can be

said at 5% level of confidence that TFP of horizontal and vertical firms is less than 1 or

maximum equal to 1. It means that horizontal and vertical firms both did not earn a profit.

In this part of chapter, an effort was carried out to test the null hypothesis, which

is one of the main objectives of this research. It was found that there is no significant

difference between the mean value of TFP of horizontal and vertical firms. Furthermore,
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 195

it was derived that PKGI at aggregate and disaggregated level have a TFP value of less

than one. It means that this sector faced a loss since it has consumed more and its output

is less. This is quite alarming for the sector and begs serious efforts to make it better. In

the next part of the chapter, correlation between TFP and other independent variables will

be checked.

4. 5 Correlation Test between TFP and Seven Independent Variables

Correlation is a statistical method used to determine the relationship between two

independent variables. This association does not ensure the dependency of the said two

variables on each other. It simply denotes the association. Its value (correlation

coefficient "r") is from +1 to -1. One with positive sign means that there is a perfect

positive association and1with negative signifier means there is a perfect negative

association between two variables. However, zero means no association, but in some

cases it shows that initially there was negative and then positive association occurred

between two variables. In fact, correlation analysis estimates the degree of association

between two or more than two independent variables. Parametric techniques of

correlation analysis are based on the assumption that for any set of variables taken under

a given set of conditions, variation in each the variable is random and always follows

normal distribution.

As discussed in chapter three, the knitted garment manufacturing process is

lengthy and complex. In this process, yarn is converted into fabric with the help of

knitting machines of various types. After knitting, this fabric is bleached, dyed, printed,
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 196

and finished as per the requirements of the customer. Finally, the fabric is cut and

assembled (sewn), with the help of stitching machines, to make garments.

In the process of knitted garment manufacturing, there are many factors that can

affect the TFP of PKGI. Chapter three presents a detailed discussion about variables,

which can affect the TFP of PKGI. After in-depth discussions, the following seven

variables have been selected (see for more details Section 3.4) to measure their

correlation with the TFP of the PKGI:

1. Sale Value Million U.S. $

2. Share (%) of Labour Expenses in Total Cost

3. Share (%) of Finance Expenses in Total Cost

4. Share (%) of Fashion Garments in Total Production

5. U.S.A Market Share (%) in Total Exports

6. Average FOB Price in U.S. $

7. Number of Stitching Machines Installed

Since there are numerous dissimilarities between vertical and horizontal firms, it

has been decided to carry out analysis for vertical and horizontal firms separately.
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 197

Table 4.11
Correlation matrix among seven independent variables (horizontal firms)
Total Factor Sale Share (%) Share (%) Share (%) U.S.A Average Number
Productivity Value of Labour of of Fashion Market FOB of
(Million Expenses Financial Garments Share Price in Stitching
U.S. $) in Total Expenses in Total (%) in U.S. $ Machines
Cost in Total Production Total Installed
Cost Exports
Total Factor Pearson 1 -0.072 -.650(**) 0.084 -0.174 -0.191 0.082 0.003
Productivity Correlation

Sig. (2- 0.791 0.006 0.757 0.52 0.478 0.762 0.992


tailed)

Sale Value Pearson -0.072 1 -0.106 -0.02 -0.312 -0.191 0.038 .542(*)
(Million Correlation
U.S. $)
Sig. (2- 0.791 0.696 0.94 0.239 0.478 0.889 0.03
tailed)
Share (%) of Pearson -.650(**) -0.106 1 0.305 0.469 0.171 0.132 -0.113
Labour Correlation
Expenses in
Total Cost
Sig. (2- 0.006 0.696 0.251 0.067 0.526 0.627 0.678
tailed)

Share (%) of Pearson 0.084 -0.02 0.305 1 0.089 0.015 0.013 -0.107
Financial Correlation
Expenses in
Total Cost
Sig. (2- 0.757 0.94 0.251 0.744 0.956 0.962 0.694
tailed)
Share (%) of Pearson -0.174 -0.312 0.469 0.089 1 0.326 0.453 0.071
Fashion Correlation
Garments in
Total
Production
Sig. (2- 0.52 0.239 0.067 0.744 0.218 0.078 0.794
tailed)
U.S.A Pearson -0.191 -0.191 0.171 0.015 0.326 1 0.224 0.409
Market Correlation
Share (%) in
Total
Exports
Sig. (2- 0.478 0.478 0.526 0.956 0.218 0.405 0.115
tailed)
Average Pearson 0.082 0.038 0.132 0.013 0.453 0.224 1 0.309
FOB Price Correlation
in U.S. $
Sig. (2- 0.762 0.889 0.627 0.962 0.078 0.405 0.244
tailed)
Number of Pearson 0.003 .542(*) -0.113 -0.107 0.071 0.409 0.309 1
Stitching Correlation
Machines
Installed
Sig. (2- 0.992 0.03 0.678 0.694 0.794 0.115 0.244
tailed)
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 198

Table 4.12
Correlation matrix among seven independent variables (vertical firms)
Share Share Share (%) U.S.A Number
Sale (%) of (%) of of Fashion Market Average of
Value Labour Financial Garments Share FOB Stitching
Total Factor (Million Expenses Expenses in Total (%) in Price in Machines
Productivity U.S. $) in Total in Total Production Total U.S. $ Installed
Cost Cost Exports
Total Factor Pearson
Productivity Correlation 1.000 0.081 -0.111 0.257 -0.217 -0.070 -0.025 0.070

Sig. (2- 0.653 0.540 0.149 0.225 0.698 0.889 0.700


tailed)
Sale Value Pearson
(Million U.S. $) Correlation 0.081 1.000 0.007 -0.149 0.470 0.285 0.248 0.847

Sig. (2- 0.653 0.967 0.409 0.006 0.108 0.165 0.000


tailed)
Share (%) of
Labour Pearson
Expenses in Correlation -0.111 0.007 1.000 -0.012 0.043 0.117 0.194 0.152
Total Cost
Sig. (2- 0.540 0.967 0.945 0.810 0.516 0.279 0.400
tailed)
Share (%) of
Financial
Pearson
Expenses in
Correlation 0.257 -0.149 -0.012 1.000 -0.112 -0.183 -0.061 -0.086
Total Cost
Sig. (2- 0.149 0.409 0.945 0.536 0.308 0.734 0.636
tailed)
Share (%) of
Fashion
Garments in Pearson
Total Correlation -0.217 0.470 0.043 -0.112 1.000 0.311 0.653 0.446
Production
Sig. (2-
tailed) 0.225 0.006 0.810 0.536 0.078 0.000 0.009

U.S.A Market Pearson


Share (%) in Correlation -0.070 0.285 0.117 -0.183 0.311 1.000 0.288 0.214
Total Exports
Sig. (2-
tailed) 0.698 0.108 0.516 0.308 0.078 0.104 0.231

Average FOB Pearson


Price in U.S. $ Correlation -0.025 0.248 0.194 -0.061 0.653 0.288 1.000 0.311

Sig. (2-
tailed) 0.889 0.165 0.279 0.734 0.000 0.104 0.078

Number of
Stitching Pearson
Machines Correlation 0.070 0.847 0.152 -0.086 0.446 0.214 0.311 1.000
Installed
Sig. (2-
tailed) 0.700 0.000 0.400 0.636 0.009 0.231 0.078
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 199

Table 4.11 indicates that in case of horizontal firms, there is a significant positive

association between (a) sale and number of stitching machines (r= .542) and (b) TFP and

share of labour expenses in total cost (r=-0.650) has a negative association with TFP.

Capacity has an obvious positive correlation with sale. This table further

demonstrates correlation between TFP and share of labour expenses in total cost

(r=-0.650). It shows that there is a negative and moderate correlation between TFP and

share of labour expenses in total cost of production. However, it looks that data is quite

independent and there is no enough evidence (significance of test) that there is

collinearity among the variables and any strong correlation between TFP (DV) and seven

other (IV) variables.

Table 4.12, indicates that in case of vertical firms, there is a significant

association between:

1. Sale and Number of Stitching Machines (r= 0.847)

2. Share of Fashion Goods in Total Production and Sale Value (r=470)

3. Fashion goods share and average FOB prices (r=0.653)

4. Share of fashion goods and number of stitching machines (r=0.446).

Above results support that there is a positive correlation between sale and

stitching capacity. Furthermore, it is apparent that fashion goods fetch high prices and

this would contribute in high volume of sale.

Tables 4.11 and 4.12 show that there is no significant correlation between TFP

and other independent variables. Only, in case of horizontal firms is there a significant

association (r=-6.50) between TFP and share of labour expenses in total cost of

production. Otherwise, there is no association between TFP and any other variable. This
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 200

all shows that that data is quite independent. In the following pages, a regression will be

run to answer the research questions.

4.6 Regression analysis assumptions (vertical and horizontal firms)

There are two broad categories of regression analysis; linear regression and curve

estimation. Linear relationship can gives a picture of relationship between one dependent

and one or more than one independent variable. Curve estimation is normally carried out

between two variables; one dependent and other independent. In this report, there are

seven independent and one dependent variable. It is also important to note that curve

regression is algebraically defined function used to model relationships between

variables. For example, a demand function exhibits the demand for a product as a

function of the unit price, and a cost function expresses total cost as a function of the

number of products manufactured. Academically, these functions are often called models.

In this report, curve estimation was carried out to obtain an exponential model

from two data points. The purpose was to find the equation of the line or exponential

curve passing through them. However, it quite common that that many data points that do

not lie on one line or exponential curve. To solve this problem many other techniques

were applied, for example, exponential curve, quadratic curve and many others to find

out closest to passing through all of the points. In this report, before applying linear

regression, curve estimation was carried out and it was found that for most appropriate

results, linear regression should be adopted.


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 201

1. It is obligatory that the following three assumptions of Ordinary Least Square

(OLS) be examined before doing a regression analysis (see Chapter Three for

more details): (a) linearity, (b) normality, and (c) homoscedasticity.

According to Statsoft (2006), in a situation when the assumption of

homoscedasticity is not supported, the dependent variable is transformed and again

checked for homoscedasticity. If the transformed variable demonstrates

homoscedasticity, it can be used for regression analysis.

There are three following methods of transformation: (a) logarithmic, (b) square

root, and (c) inverse transformation.

According to Zar, 2006), arcsine transformation is one method to transform data.

As per Siegel (2000), most common is the transformation of data with the help of

logarithms. Also, noting that according to Zar, dependent variables are transformed since

the transformation of independent variables makes no difference. According to Siegel, in

cases when there is unequal variability in the data, the inference will be unreliable. Too

much importance is given to the high-variability component of data and too little

importance to the more reliable low-variability component of data. Siegel further stated

that the use of advanced techniques of weighted regression analysis is also a way to

rebalance the importance of the observations. In an initial analysis, it was found that there

is a weak relationship between dependent and independent variables. Keeping in mind

and as per recommendation of Siegel, TFP, dependent variable was transformed with the

help of logarithms. It was observed that transformation did not make a significant

difference in results. Based on this observation, it was decided to use data as such.
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 202

4.6.1 Linearity and Data of Horizontal Firms. As discussed earlier, data should

have a linear relationship for a purposeful regression model. If there is no linearity in the

data, a regression model will not be useful. Scatterplots are one way to check the linearity

of the data. In the following pages, scatter plots will be developed to observe the

relationship between TFP (dependent) variables and other determinants (independent

variables).

Figure 4.5
TFP and Share (%) of Labour Expenses in Total Cost (Horizontal Firms)
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 203

Figure 4.6
TFP and Share (%) of Financial Expenses in Total Cost (Horizontal Firms)

Figure 4.7
TFP and Share (%) of Fashion Goods in Total Production (Horizontal Firms)
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 204

Figure 4.8
TFP and U.S.A Market Share in Total Exports (Horizontal Firms)

Figure 4.9
TFP and Average FOB Price in U.S. $ (Horizontal Firms)
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 205

Figure 4.10
TFP and Number of Stitching Machines (Horizontal Firms)

Figure 4.11
TFP and Sale Value in Million U.S. $ (Horizontal Firms)
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 206

From Figure 4.5 to 4.11, it is obvious that there is a linear relationship between

TFP and seven independent factors. Nevertheless, Figure 4.10 shows that there is a

negligible linear relationship between TFP and number of stitching machines. It can be

assumed that in regression analysis TFP will not be dependent on number of stitching

machines or the capacity of production. Nevertheless, TFP has a moderate relationship

with sale.

As per Statsoft (2006), as is evident in the name multiple linear regression, it is

assumed that the relationship between variables is linear. In practice, this assumption can

virtually never be confirmed; fortunately, multiple regression procedures are not greatly

affected by minor deviations from this assumption. However, as a rule it is prudent to

consistently look at bivariate scatter plots of the variables of interest. It is obvious in the

above scatter plots that there is a linear relationship between TFP and six independent

variables. Nevertheless, strength of relationship varies a lot, which is obvious from the

value of R2 Linear, which is given along with the scatter plot. In conclusion, it can be said

that linearity is the basic assumption for the regression analysis, which is being

successfully fulfilled in this case.

4.6.2 Linearity and Data of Vertical Firms. In previous pages, there are seven

scatter plots, which tell the relationship between TFP (dependent variable) and seven

independent variables of horizontal firms. In the following pages, there are seven scatter

plots that have been developed by using TFP on X-axis and independent variables at Y-

axis. These scatter plots will be used to check the linearity of the data which is one major

assumption for regression analysis.


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 207

Figure 4.12
TFP and Share% of Labour Expenses in Total Cost (Vertical Firms)

Figure 4.13
TFP and Share (%) of Financial Expenses in Total Cost (Vertical Firms)

Figure 4.14
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 208

TFP and Share (%) of Fashion Goods in Total Production (Vertical Firms)

Figure 4.15
TFP and U.S.A Market Share in Total Exports (Vertical Firms)

Figure 4.16
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 209

TFP and Average FOB Price in U.S. $ (Vertical Firms)

Figure 4.17
TFP and Number of Stitching Machines (Vertical Firms)

Figure 4.18
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 210

TFP and Sale Value in Million U.S. $ (Vertical Firms)

As discussed earlier, data should have a linear relationship for a purposeful

regression model. If there is no linearity in the data, a regression model will not be useful.

Scatter plots are one way to check the linearity of the data. It is obvious from Figure 4.12

to 4.18 that the majority of the independent variables have a moderate relationship with

dependent variables (TFP). Based on all the above scatter plots, it is assumed that there is

a linear relationship between TFP and seven independent variables.

4.6.3 Data Normality (Horizontal and Vertical Firms). The second assumption for

the regression analysis is that there should be normality in the data. As per Siegel (2000),

it is assumed in multiple regressions that the residuals (predicted minus observed values)

are distributed normally (i.e. follow the normal distribution). There are many ways to test

the normality. Most common is a histogram with normal curve. Pallant (2007) prefers

other statistical tools to test the data normality. Nevertheless, in the real world it is quite
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 211

hard to have a data set able to meet the whole list of assumptions. Pallant proposes the

Kolomogrovo-Smirnov Test to check the data normality. This test was applied with the

help of SPSS and produced Table 4.13.

Table 4.13
Test of normality of data (horizontal and vertical)
Types of Firm Kolmogorov-Smirnov(a)
Statistic Df Sig.
Sale Value (Million U.S. $) Horizontal Firms 0.222 16.000 0.034
Vertical Firms 0.238 33.000 0.000
Share (%) of Labour Expenses in Horizontal Firms 0.169 16.000 .200(*)
Total Cost Vertical Firms 0.067 33.000 .200(*)
Share (%) of Financial Expenses Horizontal Firms 0.132 16.000 .200(*)
in Total Cost Vertical Firms 0.187 33.000 0.005
Share (%) of Fashion Garments Horizontal Firms 0.431 16.000 0.000
in Total Production Vertical Firms 0.212 33.000 0.001
U.S.A Market Share (%) in Total Horizontal Firms 0.191 16.000 0.122
Exports Vertical Firms 0.258 33.000 0.000
Average FOB Price in U.S. $ Horizontal Firms 0.199 16.000 0.092
Vertical Firms 0.233 33.000 0.000
Number of Stitching Machines Horizontal Firms 0.260 16.000 0.005
Installed Vertical Firms 0.168 33.000 0.018

It is obvious from Table 4.13 that there is a variety of results. Kolmogorov-

Smirnov test gives the p values. Significance of p value (less than 0.05) provides

statistical evidence from which to reject the null hypotheses, which claims that data is

normally distributed. It is apparent from Table 4.13 that data is a mix of normally

distributed values and not normally distributed values. As said by Elliot and Woodward,

assumptions of normality and linearity are rarely met in practice. It depends upon the

researcher‘s level of concern about this assumption. Nevertheless, violation of

assumptions is very common in literature as described by Elliot and Woodward. Keeping


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 212

all this in mind, it was preferred to continue with the testing of next assumption, i.e. test

of data homogeneity.

4.6.4 Homoscedasticity Assumption. Homoscedasticity is the third assumption. It

means that the variability in scores for one variable is roughly the same as all values of

the other variable, which is related to normality. When normality is not met, variables are

not homoscedastic. As per Siegel (2000), if there is no normality in the data, it means that

data has unequal variance and is not homoscedastic. This assumption means that the

variance around the regression line is the same for all values of the predictor variable (X).

The complement is called heteroscedasticity. The assumption of homoscedasticity

simplifies mathematical and computational treatment and may lead to good estimation

results (e.g. in data mining) even if the assumption is not true. Heteroscedasticity is

caused by lack of normality of one of the variables, an indirect relationship between

variables, or data transformation. Siegel (2000) contends that heteroscedasticity is not

fatal to an analysis — the analysis is weakened but not invalidated. Homoscedasticity is

evaluated for pairs of variables.

There are both graphical and statistical methods for evaluating homoscedasticity.

The graphical method is called a box plot. The statistical method is the Levene statistic,

which SPSS computes for the test of homogeneity of variances. There are many more

methods to check homoscedastic. According to Statsoft (2006), neither of the methods is

definitive.

The Levene test is one method to check the homoscedasticity (homogeneity of

variance). In this method, all independent variables are grouped and the homogeneity of

variance was checked. Tables 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, and 4.17 demonstrate that p value is less
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 213

than 0.05, which shows that there is an enough statistical evidence to reject the

hypotheses, which claims that data is homogeneous. It is a proof that there is no

homoscedasticity in the data in both cases (horizontal and vertical).

Table 4.14
Test of homogeneity of variances for horizontal firms
Levene
Statistic df1 df2 Sig.

11.935 6 105 0.000

Table 4.15
Robust Tests of equality of means for horizontal firms

Statistic(a) df1 df2 Sig.

Welch 81.425 6 44.293 0.000

Brown-
Forsythe 38.942 6 17.928 0.000

a Asymptotically F distributed.

Table 4.16
Test of homogeneity of variances for vertical firms
Levene
df1 df2 Sig.
Statistic
65.255 6 224 .000
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 214

Table 4.17
Robust tests of equality of means for vertical firms
Statistic(a) df1 df2 Sig.
Welch 107.006 6 89.519 .000

Brown-Forsythe 90.261 6 34.093 .000

a Asymptotically F distributed.

The above analysis found that the data do not fulfil the assumptions for regression

analysis. In all cases, the p value is less than 0.05, which shows that test is significant and

there is a sufficient evidence to reject the research hypothesis, i.e. data is homogeneous.

4.7 Weighted Least Squares Regression

In previous pages, there is a discussion about the assumptions, which should be

tested before applying regression analysis. It was found that apparently there is not a

clear picture about the assumptions. Particularly, in case of homoscedasticity, there is a

serious violation. It seems that there is a partial fulfilment of assumptions. As said by

Elliot and Woodward, Guthrie, Filliben and Heckert (2008) and Pallant, in practice it is

quite hard properly fulfil all assumptions, and violation of the required level of

assumption is quite common. At the same time, Elliot and Woodward, Guthrie et al., and

Pallant have provided solutions to overcome such difficulties.

Garson (2008) wrote that one of the most significant assumptions of OLS

regression is homoscedasticity. Keeping its significance in view, Garson proposes

different solutions when there is a violation of homoscedasticity. As discussed above,

homoscedasticity means that the variance of residual error should be constant for all
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 215

values of the independent(s). Garson concluded that presences of different error variance

at different ranges of their values will change the estimates of the regression coefficients.

In this situation, large standard errors for some ranges of the dependent and too small for

other ranges will occur and the power of significance tests will be reduced, which is to

say regression estimates will be inefficient.

Garson suggests that weighted least squares (WLS) regression compensates for

violation of the homoscedasticity assumption by weighting cases differentially. The

weighing process change the values of variables in such a way that values on the

dependent variable correspond to large variances on the independent variable(s) count

less and those with small variances count more in estimating the regression coefficients.

Consequently, cases with greater weights contribute more to the fit of the regression line.

Resultantly, the estimated coefficients are usually very close to what they would be in

OLS regression, but under WLS regression, their standard errors are smaller.

Garson further stated that sometimes WLS regression is used to adjust fit to give

less weight to values, which are considered as outliers and less importance to points,

which are considered less reliable. There are a number of ways to give weight to make

data appropriate for better regression analysis.

Guthrie et al have also explained the treatment of weights. Guthrie et al. wrote

that in situations where it is feasible to use weighting for every observation, it is

recommended to use the weighted least squares method to maximize the efficiency of

parameter estimation. This process would give less precisely measured points more

influence than they should have and would give highly precise points too little influence.

Guthrie et al. points out that weighted least squares regression does not say anything
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 216

about the association with a particular type of function used to describe the relationship

between the process variables. It reflects the behaviour of the random errors in the model,

and it can be used with functions that are either linear or nonlinear in the parameters.

Applying weight to different values is quite complex. There are many ways and

techniques available in the literature to weight values. Guthrie et al. points out that the

size of the weight indicates the precision of the information contained in the associated

observation. For the provision of optimizing, the weighted fitting criterion to find the

parameter estimates facilitates the weights to determine the contribution of each

observation to the final parameter estimates. Furthermore, it is significant to note that the

weight for each observation is given keeping the relationship with weights of the other

observations; so different sets of absolute weights can have identical effects, Guthrie et

al. concludes.

Guthrie et al. elaborated on the advantages of WLS methods, writing that WLS

method is an efficient method, particularly when there are small data sets. It provides

facilities to provide different types of easily interpretable statistical intervals for

estimation, prediction, calibration, and optimization. In addition to that, weighted least

square has the ability to handle regression situations in which the data points are of

varying quality. If the standard deviation of the random errors in the data is not constant

across all levels of the explanatory variables, using weighted least squares with weights

that are inversely proportional to the variance at each level of the explanatory variables

yields the most precise parameter estimates possible, Guthrie et al. concluded.

It is a fact that WLS method has certain advantages, but at the same time, the

biggest disadvantage of weighted least squares is the assumption that the weights are
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 217

known exactly. It is not possible in real applications. Estimated weights are often used.

Guthrie et al. commented on this, writing that it is difficult to assess the effect of such

estimated weights. It is a fact that small variations in the weights due to estimation do not

often affect a regression analysis or its interpretation. However, there are chances that

one might face very poor and unpredictable results. There are more chances of such

occurrence when the weights for extreme values of the predictor or explanatory variables

are estimated using only a few observations. Guthrie et al. warned that it is important to

remain aware of this potential problem, and to only use weighted least squares when the

weights can be estimated precisely relative to one another.

Keeping all above discussion in mind, in the following pages regression analysis

will be carried out with the help of weighted least squares methods. In the following

pages, Weighted Least Squares Regression is used to answer the following research

questions:

1. Which set of independent variables is able to predict TFP (a dependent variable)?

2. Which variable in a set of variables has highest contribution in the variance of

dependent variable?

As discussed in chapter three, there is a reasonable difference in the business

practices of horizontal and vertical firms. Based on that observation it was decided to

carry out the data analysis separately for horizontal and vertical firms. In the following

pages, regressions will be run separately for horizontal and vertical firms.

4.7.1 Weighted Least Squares Regression (Horizontal Firms). Horizontal firms

are those, which have only stitching facilities. In this study, there are only 16 firms,

which are called horizontal firms. Results of regression for horizontal firms are as under.
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 218

Table 4.18

Regression analysis model summary (horizontal firms)

Adjusted R Std. Error of the


R R Square Square Estimate
.944 .891 .836 .01049

Table 4.19
ANOVA regression analysis (horizontal firms)
Sum of
Squares Df Mean Square F Sig.

Regression .005 3 .002 16.337 .003

Residual .001 6 .000

Total .006 9
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 219

Table 4.20
Coefficients regression analysis (horizontal firms)
Unstandardized Standardized
Coefficients Coefficients t Sig. Collinearity Statistics

Std.
B Error Beta Tolerance VIF

(Constant) 1.036 .028 37.563 .000

Share (%) of
Labour
-.015 .002 -1.401 -6.184 .001 .354 2.822
Expenses in
Total Cost

Share (%) of
Financial
.022 .006 .699 3.815 .009 .541 1.848
Expenses in
Total Cost

Share (%) of
Fashion
Garments in .002 .001 .564 2.632 .039 .396 2.524
Total
Production

a Dependent Variable: Total Factor Productivity


b Weighted Least Squares Regression - Weighted by Standardized Residual

The above three tables (Tables 4.18, 4.19, and 4.20) are the outcomes of the

regression run for the horizontal firms. There are a number of values given in the tables.

There is a brief interpretation of theses vales in the following paragraphs:

Table 4.18 is a summary of the regression and there three main values in this

table; R, R Square and adjusted R Square. Value of R Square is square of R. R Square is

the main outcome of the regression. As said by Pallant, R Square tells how much of the

variance in the dependent variable (TFP) is explained by the model (which includes the

seven independent variables). SPSS provided the ability to adopt a method of regression

analysis. There are five different methods listed. For this analysis, backward method has

been selected since it provides better results as compared to other methods.


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 220

Table 4.18 tells that R Square value is 0.891. Expressed as a percentage, this

means that this model which has seven independent variables explains 89.1% of the

variance in dependent variable (TFP). This is quite a respectable result since it covers

more than 89% variance in the dependent variable due to the seven independent

variables.

SPSS also provides an Adjusted R Square value in the output. Pallant suggests

that when a small sample is involved, the R Square value in the sample tends to be a

rather optimistic overestimation of the true value in the population. In such cases the

Adjusted R square statistic ‗corrects‘ this value to provide a better estimate of the true

population value. Table 4.18 gives an Adjusted R Square value, which is 0.836. It means

that 83.6% variance in TFP is explained by the seven independent variables. It shows that

even after selecting the adjusted value the explanation of TFP is quite high.

To assess the statistical significance of the result it is obligatory to look at Table

4.19. This tests the null hypothesis that multiple R in the population equals zero. Table

4.19, gives p value 0.005, which is less than α value (0.05). It means that there is

sufficient evidence to reject the null hypotheses.

Table 4.20 tells which of the variables included in the model contributed to the

prediction of the dependent variable. This information is available in the output box

labelled Coefficients. There are standardised and un-standardised columns. Pallant states

standardised means that these values for each of the different variables have been

converted to the same scale so one can compare them. Pallant further states that when

researchers are interested in comparing the contribution of each independent variable

they have to compare values given under the standardised column. During comparison,
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 221

one has to ignore the negative sign. The highest value indicates highest contribution.

However, at the same time, a researcher has to see its significance value. Results will

only be significant if p value is less than 0.05. In Table 4.20, Share (%) of Labour

Expenses in Total Cost (Independent Variable) has the highest value (-1.401). It shows

that this variable has the highest contribution. With a p value of .001, it can be said that

this variable does have a statistically significant contribution.

Table 4.20 furthers tells about the other contributors, i.e. Share (%) of Financial

Expenses in Total Cost and Share (%) of Fashion Garments in Total Production. These

two factors have 0.699 and 0.564 standardized coefficients, respectively. Furthermore,

these factors also have p values (0.009 and 0.039 respectively) that are less than 0.05.

These values provide evidence that these two factors have a significant impact on TFP.

To make a regression equation, values under the un-standardised column are

commonly used. Based on these values a regression equation has been made.

There are two values also appearing in Table 4.20: Tolerance and VIF (Variance

Inflation Factor). Tolerance value indicates how much of the variability of the

specificities independent variable is not explained by the other independent variables. It

is calculating by using the formula 1-R2 for all variables. Pallant states that its small value

indicates presence of high correlation among the variables, so means multicollinearity

exists. Less than 0.1 values is an indicator of multicollinearity. In Table 4.20, there is no

value less than 0.1, so it means that data is independent and there is no chance of

multicollinearity.

VIF value is just the inverse of the tolerance value. It is calculated by

dividing1with tolerance value. Its high value indicates the presence of multicollinearity.
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 222

As said by Pallant, its value more than 10, so it is an indicator of multicollinearity. In

Table 4.20, it is less than 10, which means that VIF value also indicates that there is no

multicollinearity in the data.

4.7.2 WLS Regression Equation (Horizontal Firms). Based on the B value under

the un- standardized column in Table 4.20, following regression equation has been made:

TFP = 1.36 -0.015 SLE +0.022 SFE +0.002 SFG

Where:

TFP = Total Factor Productivity

SLE = Share of Labour Expenses in Total Cost

SFE = Share of Financial Expense in Total Cost

SFG = Share of Fashion Garments in Total Production

The regression coefficient explains the change in dependent variable, e.g. if there

is an increase of 1 in share of labour expenses in total cost firm its TFP will decrease by

1.015. It shows that increase in share of labour expenses in total cost firm will negatively

affect TFP of the firm. The above equation further explains that share of financial

expenses total cost has a positive impact on TFP. An increase of 1 on financial expenses

will increase 1.022 TFP. Nevertheless, an increase of 1 in share of fashion garments in

total production will increase 1.002 TFP.

4.7.3 Weighted Least Squares Regression (Vertical Firms). Vertical firms are

those that have knitting, dyeing, and stitching facilities. In this study, there are only 33

vertical firms. Results of regression analysis for vertical firms are as under.
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 223

Table 4.21
Regression analysis model summary (vertical firms)
Adjusted R Std. Error of the
Model R R Square Square Estimate

1 .972 .946 .903 .04717

a. Dependent Variable: Total Factor Productivity


b. Weighted Least Squares Regression - Weighted by Standardized Residual

Table 4.22
ANOVA regression analysis (vertical firms)
Sum of
Mode Squares df Mean Square F Sig.

1 Regression .349 7 .050 22.392 .000

Residual .020 9 .002

Total .369 16

a. Dependent Variable: Total Factor Productivity


b. Weighted Least Squares Regression - Weighted by Standardized Residual
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 224

Table 4.23
Coefficients regression analysis (vertical firms)

Unstandardized Standardized Collinearity


Coefficients Coefficients T Sig. Statistics

Std.
B Std. Error Beta Tolerance VIF B Error

(Constant) 1.137 .115 9.865 .000

Sale Value
(Million US $) .026 .008 .617 3.128 .012 .155 6.449

Share (%) of
Labour -.006 .004 -.168 -1.427 .187 .436 2.295
Expenses in
Total Cost

Share (%) of
Financial .032 .005 .815 6.389 .000 .371 2.695
Expenses in
Total Cost

Share (%) of
Fashion
Garments in -.005 .001 -.628 -5.408 .000 .447 2.235
Total
Production

USA Market
Share (%) in .002 .001 .201 1.248 .244 .232 4.318
Total Exports

Average FOB
Price in US $ .025 .021 .104 1.202 .260 .807 1.239

Number of
Stitching -.001 .000 -.431 -2.331 .045 .177 5.655
Machines
Installed
a Dependent Variable: Total Factor Productivity
b Weighted Least Squares Regression - Weighted by Standardized Residual
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 225

The above three tables (Tables 4.21, 4.22, and 4.23) are the outcomes of the

regression run for the vertical firms. There are a number of values given in the tables.

Table 4.21 shows that the R Square value in this case is 0.946. This means that

this model, which has seven independent variables, explains 94.6 percent of the variance

in dependent variable (TFP). This is quite a respectable result since it covers more than

94% variance in the dependent variable due the seven independent variables.

Table 4.21 gives the Adjusted R Square value, which is 0.903. It means that

90.3% variance in TFP is explained by the seven independent variables. It shows that

even after selecting the adjusted value the explanation of TFP is quite high.

To assess the statistical significance of the result it is obligatory to see in the

Table 4.22, labelled ANOVA. This tests the null hypothesis that multiple R in the

population equals zero. Table 4.22 gives p value 0.000, which is less than the α value

(0.05).

Table 4.23 tells which of the variables included in the model contributed to the

prediction of the dependent variable. The highest value indicates highest contribution.

Nevertheless, at the same time, one has to see its significance value. Results will be only

being significant if p value is less than 0.05. In Table 4.23, share of financial expenses

has the highest value (.815). Financial Expenses is the expenses which firms are liable to

pay banks against loans. It shows that share of finance in total cost has the highest

contribution. One has to consider test significance before reaching any conclusion. Table

4.23 shows that the above mentioned variable has p value 0.000, which is less than 0.05,

which means contribution of this factor is statistically significant.


Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 226

There are two values also appearing in table 4.23: Tolerance and VIF (Variance

Inflation Factor). There is no value less than 0.1 in the column of Tolerance and no value

more than 10 in the VIF column. It shows that there is no multicollinearity in the data.

4.7.4 WLS Regression Equation (Vertical Firms) Based on the B value under the

un- standardized column in Table 4.23, following regression equation has been made:

TFP =0.137 + 0.026 SV -0.006 SLE +0.032 SFE -.005SFG+0.002 USAM +0.025 FOB

-0.001 NSM

Where:

TFP = Total Factor Productivity

SV = Sale Value (Million U.S. $)

SLE = Share of Labour Expenses in Total Cost

SFE = Share of Financial Expense in Total Cost

SFG = Share of Fashion Garments in Total Production

USAM= U.S.A Market Share in Total Exports

FOB= Price in US $ Free on Board

NSM= Number of Stitching Machines Installed

The regression coefficient explains the change in dependent variable, e.g. if there

is an increase of 1 in sale value of the firms its TFP will increase 1.026. It shows that

increase in sale will positively affect TFP of the firm. The above equation further
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 227

explains that share of labour in total expenses and share of fashion garments in total

production can create a negative impact on TFP.

4.8 Initial Conclusion from Results

This chapter analysed data as per the research methodology described in chapter

three. Data related to total output and total input of PKGI (vertical and horizontal) and

181 major industries in Pakistan were collected, and the TFP was calculated with the help

of the TFP models based on accounting function.

Since productivity is a comparison phenomenon, it was decided that a TFP of

more than1would be considered as high productivity and less than1as low productivity. It

was repeatedly observed from the results that the TFP of PKGI is low (less than one). It is

also less than the average TFP level for 181 manufacturing sectors within Pakistan. It was

also observed that the TFP of vertical firms is better than the TFP of PKGI at aggregate

levels. In contrast, the TFP of horizontal firms is slightly less than the TFP calculated at

aggregate levels. Nevertheless, the majority of horizontal firms have a TFP of more than

one, which means that the majority of horizontal firms performed better compared to

vertical firms (see Table 4.1, 4.2, 4.3).

In the second part, the correlation between dependent and independent variables

was calculated. For this purpose, primary and secondary data were collected through a

survey of the industry and from the Federal Bureau of Pakistan. Correlation and

regression analysis were carried out separately for vertical and horizontal firms. Three

basic assumptions were checked before using the regression analysis. The transformation
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 228

process was used to minimize the unequal variability in the data. Moreover, the most

advanced technique of weighed regression was applied.

A few research hypotheses that were tested showed no significant difference in

the mean value of TFP of horizontal and vertical firms. Furthermore, it was also shown

that TFP of PKGI at aggregated level is not more than1 (see Table 4.4 to 4.11).

Correlation among independent variables was carried out separately for horizontal and

vertical firms and it was found that there is not a serious correlation among variables. It

shows that data is quite independent. It was also confirmed through regression and found

that there is no multicollinearity in the data.

A statistical equation (model for prediction) is the outcome of the exercise. (For

more details see Section 4.6). This equation is based upon the regression analysis. As

discussed earlier, such an equation can be used to predict the dependent as well as the

independent variables. Such models, including this one, have many weaknesses. The

main weakness of the equation is that there are additional variables that can intervene or

mediate the function, referred to as intervening and mediating variables that are not taken

into account. It is assumed that taking into account all factors of production is nearly

impossible. For example, the technology level of the firm can influence the results, as

discussed in chapter two. Productivity has a direct and positive association with the level

of technology used by firms. Such factors can influence the TFP of the firm.

Furthermore, skill and education levels of the workers have a positive impact on the TFP,

as discussed in chapter two.

It must be acknowledged that precise predictions based on this model are quite

difficult. However, this model can be used to predict the TFP of the knitted garment
Chapter Four: Data Analysis and Results 229

manufacturing firms to provide some idea of the factors influencing the TFP of the PKGI.

The main objective of regression was to answer the two questions posed in chapter one.

The first question was to identify the factor that has the highest contribution in the

variance of TFP. In the case of horizontal firms it was found that there are three factors

which have high value (in column of standardized values) but by looking at their

significance value, it was observed that only share of labour expenses in total cost has a

significant value (Standardized Beta= -1.401). In case of vertical firms, it was observed

that share of financial expenses has the highest contributor in TFP (Standardized Beta=

0.815).

The second question was to develop an equation based on regression that could be

used to predict the TFP. Two equations were developed, which explains the impact of

any change in the interdependent variables on TFP. Before running regression, normality,

linearity, and homogeneity were tested, and it was found that data partially fulfils the

assumptions. However, for better results, the WLS technique was used. This technique

improved the results and helped in developing a regression equation. In the data, it was

observed that some independent variables have significant relationships with dependent

variables.

In this analysis few tangible factors were taken into account. It is believed that

there are certain additional factors that are not included in this analysis can influence the

TFP of PKGI at aggregate and disaggregate levels. For example, missing factors include

technology level and worker‘s skill level, and both can strongly impact TFP. Data

covering intangible factors might also have a strong impact on the TFP.
Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 230

CHAPTER FIVE: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

This report is the outcome of research conducted to measure the Total Factor

Productivity (TFP) level of Pakistan‘s Knitted Garment Industry (PKGI) and its

determinants. It was also part of the study to develop acceptable guidelines for the PKGI

to achieve high productivity. Previous chapters were dedicated to a theoretical

background of production function and productivity, research methods, and finally data

analysis. This chapter will cover the whole study and will provide concluding thoughts.

In the following pages, there is a summary of the complete report and a guideline for the

industry.

5.1 Pakistan Textile Industry: An Overview

PKGI is one of the major sectors of the Pakistan Textile Industry (PTI). In 2004-

2005, it had 11.36% share of total exports from Pakistan, which was the highest share

among all value added products exported from Pakistan. Its growth rate in exports is

20.80%, which is the second highest among all products being exported from Pakistan

(see Table 1.3). The Pakistan Textile Industry (PTI) as a whole has a significant share in

the economy of Pakistan. In 2004-2005, it had a 62.1% share in exports and 38% of the

labour force of Pakistan was employed in the textile sector. The clothing sector provides

a huge employment opportunity for skilled, semiskilled, and unskilled workers. This

sector adds value in the products being exported from Pakistan (see Table 1.1).

As discussed in chapter one, the PTI has shown a growth rate of 9.6% per annum

in exports from 1971 to 2005. That is quite satisfactory when compared to exports from

other sectors of Pakistan. However, when export performance of PTI is compared with
Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 231

other countries it becomes obvious that many countries from South Asia have had

stronger growth than Pakistan in the international textile and clothing trade. Although

Pakistan is the fourth largest country in cotton growing, with more than 113 Million

spindles, the performance of PTI is comparatively lower than countries like Bangladesh

and Sri Lanka, which do not even have natural resources such as cotton. Furthermore,

these countries do not have strong spinning and wet processing industries. They import

all raw materials and then export it after adding value (see Table 1.2).

5.2 Productivity and Performance

There are many ways to improve performance, as discussed in detail in chapter

two. Better productivity is one of the preferred methods for improved performance. It

was concluded that there is a strong link between productivity, performance, and

prosperity (see Section 2.7).

It is evident from the literature that for improved productivity, measurement of

the current level of productivity is essential. Furthermore, it is important to identify the

factors affecting productivity. For this study, the TFP approach was selected since this is

one of the most advocated approaches in the literature and many studies have been

conducted using this approach (see Section 2.5).

5.3 Selection of Independent Variables and Data Collection

The PKGI is a relatively new industry. In 1972, it held only 0.54% share of the

total exports, while in 2004-5, it held more than 11.36% share of the total exports. This

industry is primarily export oriented. Few firms do local business. The export data
Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 232

revealed that real activities of this sector started after 1995. The period for time series

data from 1995 to 2005 is limited. Furthermore, only export related data were available

for this period (see Table 1.3).

The industry survey and secondary data show that the PKGI is comprised of 900

firms. Major business is in three main cities of Pakistan, and more than 90% of business

is with 218 firms (24.22% firms). Based on this observation, it was preferred to consider

these 218 firms as the population for the survey and to discount the remainder of the

firms since their individual share in exports was negligible.

There are three major departments involved in the knitted garment manufacturing

process: (a) knitting, (b) wet processing (dyeing and finishing), and (c) stitching. There

are two types of firms: (a) vertical and (b) horizontal. In a vertical set up, firms have in

house knitting, wet processing, and stitching facilities. In a horizontal set up, firms have

only a stitching facility. Such firms outsource for knitting and wet processing.

There is considerable variation in the approach of vertical and horizontal firms. It

was observed from the literature that for best results the firms should be as similar as

possible. Keeping in view the prerequisite of the research methodology, it was decided to

assess the TFP and its determinants of both sectors separately. However, results of both

sectors were compared in order to evaluate which sector functions most effectively. A

mathematical model was used to calculate the TFP, for which the Sumanth Model was

selected. (see Section 3.4).

The TFP model selected requires total tangible input and output data. Different

firms were visited and it was found that a vast majority of the firms are private limited,

means that they are not listed on the stock exchange and do not publish their financial
Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 233

reports. Furthermore, not all firms that export more than 80% of their goods are required

to submit financial reports to the government. In addition to that, they refused to provide

data to this researcher. The Pakistani government is supposed to conduct an annual

survey of the firms. However, for unknown reasons this survey is not conducted every

year. The last survey was conducted in 2001. The government office was approached by

this researcher, who collected data on 49 randomly selected firms. Out of the 49 firms, 33

firms have a vertical set up and 16 firms have a horizontal set up. These data sufficed to

measure the TFP of the PKGI at aggregate and disaggregate levels. Based on a thorough

survey of the literature and feedback from the industry through a sample survey, the

following seven factors were selected to create a structured questionnaire (see Section

3.5).

1. Sale Value (Million U.S. $)

2. Share (%) of Labour Expenses in Total Cost

3. Share (%) of Labour Expenses in Total Cost

4. Share (%) of Financial Expenses in Total Cost

5. U.S.A Market Share (%) in Total Exports

6. Average FOB Price in U.S. $

7. Number of Stitching Machines Installed

The primary data were collected through an exploratory survey of selected

industries based on random sampling and secondary data from the Pakistan Federal

Bureau of Statistics. SPSS software was selected for analysis purposes based on its ease

of use (see Section 3.17).


Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 234

5.4 Level of TFP of PKGI and Its Ranking

As discussed in chapter one, one of the core objectives of the current study was to

calculate the TFP of the PKGI. This measure has to be established to compare its ranking

to other manufacturing industries in Pakistan. Sumanth‘s model (1990) provides a ratio of

output to input, but it is difficult to comment on this ratio without comparing it to other

ratios. For this purpose, data from 18,061 firms, drawn from 181 different sectors of the

Pakistani manufacturing industry, were collected in the same time. It was their TFP that

was compared with TFP of PKGI.

The TFP of the PKGI was also calculated at aggregate (both vertical and

horizontal) and disaggregate (of vertical and horizontal firms separately) levels. Analysis

showed that the average TFP of 18,061 firms from 181 different sectors is 1.47, while the

TFP of the PKGI at the aggregate level is only 0.976. The TFP of vertical and horizontal

firms is 0.976 and 0.975, respectively. In comparison to other sectors of Pakistan, the

TFP of the PKGI is over 50% less, which clearly indicates that this sector is performing

at 50% less than other sectors (see Table 4.4).

As discussed in chapter one, nearly 62% of shares in exports from Pakistan are

related to the textile industry, although the textile sector has a low TFP. Such a scenario

indicates that major contributors of Pakistan‘s economy have a low TFP, which indicates

low performance of these sectors that would ultimately affect the prosperity of Pakistan.

It is also evident from the results that there is not a significant difference between

the TFP at aggregate and disaggregate levels. At aggregate levels the TFP is 0.976, while

at disaggregate levels it is 0.976 and 0.975 for vertical and horizontal firms, respectively.

This shows that the TFP is low compared to other industries (see Table 4.4).
Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 235

It was assumed that horizontal firms would have a better TFP, but results

indicated no significant difference. However, by looking at normal curves in both cases,

it becomes clear that there is a significant difference in skewness values. For vertical

firms it is 1.028, while for horizontal firms it is -1.45. This means that the majority of

vertical firms have a TFP of less than 1, and the majority of horizontal firms have a TFP

of more than 1. As a whole, horizontal firms performed better than vertical firms did.

This suggests that outsourcing can improve productivity. From the above analysis one

can extrapolate the following results (for more details see Table 4.4):

The TFP of PKGI is low comparative to other sectors. There is a comparison of

PKGI at aggregate and disaggregate level with TFP of 18061 industries from 81 sectors

of Pakistan manufacturing sector. Table 4.4 shows that TFP of PKGI is 0.976, whereas

TFP of other sectors of Pakistan manufacturing sector is 1.47.

The TFP of the PKGI is less than 1. If input and output values are equal then, as

per Sumanth‘s (1990) model, TFP will be 1. It means that firm has not gained anything

and at the same time has not lost anything. For this research, ―1‖ was taken as a

benchmarking value. More than1means the TFP is high and less than1means the TFP is

low. In addition, if the TFP is plus 1, the firm‘s output is more than its input —in other

words the firm is earning a profit. In the case of a TFP of less than 1, the firm‘s output is

less than its input, meaning the firm is taking a loss. Table 4.4 shows that PKGI at

aggregate and disaggregate level have TFP less than 1, which means that at both levels

PKGI had faced losses and did have low TFP. As said earlier1was the benchmark. In

both cases Table 4.4 shows that TFP is less than 1, which supports the statement that

PKGI at both levels has low TFP. Nevertheless, the majority of the horizontal firms have
Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 236

a TFP of more than 1, while the majority of vertical firms have a TFP of less than1

(Mean of horizontal firms is less than the median and mean of vertical firms is greater

than medium). Based on this observation it can be said that horizontal firms performed

better. This might be due to the outsourcing of two out of three processes involved in

knitted garment manufacturing (see Table 4.4).

5.5 Hypothesis Testing

One of the objectives of the research was to test the hypothesis mentioned in

Section 1.8. The following research hypotheses were supposed to be tested:

Ho Ha

µTFP of vertical firms = µ TFP of horizontal firms µTFP of vertical firms ≠ µ TFP of horizontal firms

µ TFP of horizontal firms is less or equal to 1 µTFP of horizontal firms is greater than 1

µTFP of vertical firms is less or equal to 1 µTFP of vertical firms is greater than 1

µTFP of PKGI at aggregate level is less or equal to 1 µ TFP of PKGI at aggregate level is greater than 1

To test the aforementioned hypothesis, one-sample t and independent t tests were

carried out with the help of SPSS (see Table 4.5, 4.6). The following results have been

derived from the outcome of the SPSS analysis:

There is no significance difference in the mean value of TFP of horizontal and

vertical firms. It shows that although there is a big difference in the business pattern,

there is no difference in outcome. From the survey it was found that a majority of the

mills are vertically integrated. Generally, people are of the view that vertical integration

pays more as compared to horizontal firms. However, this analysis shows that there is no

difference in TFP of horizontal and vertical firms (see Table 4.5 and 4.6). Nevertheless,
Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 237

median of horizontal firm is higher (1.01) than vertical firms (0.95). The median indicates

the number of firms in the upper and lower half. In the case of horizontal firms, the

median is greater than mean (Table 4.4) more than 50% mills have TFP greater than

mean value (0.975), whereas in case of vertical firms it is less than the mean value

(0.976). These figures demonstrates that there is no significant difference in mean values,

but median indicates that majority of the horizontal firms performed better than vertical

firms.

TFP is a ratio of output to input. Output values indicate a relationship between

input and output. If output (numerator) is equal to input (denominator), the result will be

1. This result indicates that firms consumed equal to their revenue (production). In

accounting terms, one can say that these firms do not earn profit. Nevertheless, if the

value is less than 1, it means that firm has consumed more and yield is less since the

denominator is higher than numerator. Keeping that in mind, null hypotheses were

developed. These hypotheses state that TFP of PKGI is less or equal to 1. Results show

that TFP of horizontal, vertical, and at aggregated level is not greater than one. This was

tested with the help of a one-sample t test (see Tables 4.7, 4.8, 4.9. 4.10).

The above discussion supports the common observation of industry leaders that

PKGI is in crisis. Based on this observation, it is recommended that the solution does not

lie in having horizontal or vertical firms; rather, there is a need to make this sector

productive by adopting the most modern techniques.


Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 238

5.6 Correlation between TFP and its Determinants

The second objective of this study was to identify determinants affecting the TFP.

As discussed earlier, seven different determinants were selected before conducting the

survey. Primary data covering this data were collected and the correlation between the

TFP and selected determinants was assessed with the help of SPSS software (see Section

4.5).

The correlation between the TFP and different factors is markedly different for

vertical and horizontal firms because there are significant differences between vertical

and horizontal firms, particularly in business practices, firm size, and infrastructure. In

the case of horizontal firms, there is a correlation between TFP and share of labour

expenses in total cost of production (see Table 4.11), Pearson Correlation -.650. It was

also observed no other variable has a significant correlation with TFP. Additionally, in

cases of vertical firms, Table 4.12 depicts that no independent variable has a significant

correlation with the dependent variable, TFP. All these demonstrate that data does not

retain multicollinearity.

5.7 Contribution of Independent Variables in Variance of Dependent Variable

As mentioned in chapter one, one of the objectives of this study is to identify the

independent variables that have high contribution to the variance of TFP. It is presumed

that the answer to this question will provide a direction for the PKGI. Based on this result

PKGI can plan to focus on this point, and it is expected that such focus will help improve

TFP of firms, which is the ultimate goal. Nevertheless, highly contributing factors are
Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 239

different for horizontal and vertical firms. In the current study, both will be discussed

separately.

In the case of horizontal firms, the share of labour expenses in total cost of

production has the highest standardised coefficient Beta (-1.401), with t value -6.184 and

p value 0.001 (see Table 4.20). It shows that labour expenses in total cost of production

are the highest contributing factor. As discussed in chapter one, garment manufacturing is

a labour intensive industry. Although there is a lot of automation a lot of people are still

employed to make garments. Keeping this in mind, it is suggested that industry should

focus on minimising the share of labour expenses in total cost and trying to have more

automated and efficient machines.

Vertical firms have a different highest contributing factor. It is clear from Table

4.23 that share of financial expenses in total cost of production has the highest

contributing factor in TFP variance. It has standardised coefficient Beta (.815), with t

value 6.389 and p value 0.000. This is evidence that horizontal and vertical firms have

different pattern. As discussed in Section 1.5, vertical firms have bigger setups when

compared to horizontal setups.

Due to bigger setup, such firms always need more capital to run the business. For

this purpose, they rely on loans from banks. As per the policy of the government of

Pakistan, exporters are provided loans nearly at the 50% interest rate as compared to

general market rates. This is called export-refinance loan. Firms can increase their

working capital by having this loan at discounted rates and ultimately such loan increase

the financial strength of the firms, which is highly required for a smooth business. Based

on the above discussion it can be concluded that for horizontal firms, labour expenses
Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 240

share in cost of production is the highest contributor. Horizontal firms should try to

minimise the labour expense and rely on automated machines, where there is less need

for workers. However, for vertical, relying on the bank is the single factor that would

have a reasonable and significant contribution to a better TFP. Based on this result, it is

recommended that vertical firms should rely more on banks for credit because it is

comparatively cheap because of government subsidies.

5.8 Regression Equation and Determinants Affecting TFP of PKGI (Horizontal and

Vertical Firms)

As mentioned in Section 1.8, one of the objectives of this study is to develop a

model for the prediction of TFP. For this purpose, a regression was run and following

two different models were developed for horizontal and vertical firms separately (Section

3.10).

For horizontal firms (see Table 4.18, 4.19, 4.20):

TFP = 1.036 -0.015 SLE +0.022 SFE +0.002 SFG

For vertical firms (see Table 4.21, 4.22, 4.23):

TFP =0.137 + 0.026 SV -0.006 SLE +0.032 SFE -.005SFG+0.002 USAM +0.025 FOB

-0.001 NSM

Where:

TFP = Total Factor Productivity

SV = Sale Value (Million U.S. $)

SLE = Share of Labour Expenses in Total Cost


Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 241

SFE = Share of Financial Expense in Total Cost

SFG = Share of Fashion Garments in Total Production

USAM= U.S.A Market Share in Total Exports

FOB= Price in US $ Free on Board

NSM= Number of Stitching Machines Installed

In horizontal firms, three determinants, labour expenses, financial expenses, and

share of fashion goods, have a significant impact on the TFP of the PKGI. Nevertheless,

in the case of vertical firms, there are seven independent variables that can be used for the

prediction of TFP. As discussed in chapter four, a regression equation is used to explain

the variance in the dependent variable (TFP) with the help of an independent variable. In

addition, R2 value tells how much of the variance in the dependent variable (TFP) is

explained by the model. Adjusted R2 values are 0.836 and 0.903 for horizontal and

vertical firms, respectively. These values indicate that in case of horizontal firms 83.6%,

variance in TFP can be explained by the independent variables and it is 90.3% for vertical

firms. One can use a regression equation for the prediction of dependent or independent

variables (Siegel, 2000). Pallant described this usage of regression and states, writing that

multiple regression is not just one technique but a family of techniques that can be used

to explore the relationship between one continuous dependent variable and a number of

independent variables or predictors (usually continuous). Pallant further explained that


Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 242

the basis of multiple regression is correlation. However, this gives results that are more

sophisticated and explore the interrelationship among a set of variables.

There are two different models mentioned above for horizontal and vertical firms.

However, it is obvious that different factors have different contribution and it is natural.

This contribution is explained by the coefficient values given in the column under the

heading of B along with standard error values (Table 4.20 and 4.23) and above two

models (regression equations) have been developed based in these tables. Following

results have been derived from these two regression equations:

In the case of vertical firms, there is significant contribution of sale value in the

prediction of TFP. The equation indicates that if there is an increase of 1 in sale value of

the vertical firms, its TFP will increase 1.026. It shows that an increase in sale will

positively affect TFP of the firm. This clearly depicts that vertical firms should endeavour

to increase their sale. Nevertheless, sale value has no significant strength to explain the

TFP in the case of horizontal firms. As discussed in Section 1.5, that vertical firms are

bigger in size (production facilitates, number of employees, capital involved etc) as

compared to horizontal firms. Usually, their fixed expenditures are quite high. Obviously,

higher fixed expenditure demand that firms should have high sale volume with a higher

contribution margin to cover the fixed expenditure and contribute to better TFP. This

model supports the general notion that big firms have to focus to increase their sale since

they need a lot to cover the fixed expenses.

Both equations show a negative relationship between TFP and share of labour in

total expenses. However, their coefficient is different in both models i.e. it is -0.015 and

-0.006 for horizontal and vertical firm respectively. It is commonly known that garment
Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 243

manufacturing is a labour intensive industry, although there is a lot of innovation and

automation in clothing manufacturing. Still, labour expenses in total production are

between 10% to 15% (see Table 4.3). It is obvious from the model that an increase of 1 in

labour expenses can decrease 1.015 and 1.006 TFP of the horizontal and vertical firms. It

suggests that PKGI as a whole should move towards automation and modernisation of the

stitching process instead of relying on manual work. One example is the auto clipper,

which clips the hanging thread after the completion of the stitching process. It is a

modern development whereas in traditional machines, the operator has to do it manually.

These equations show that in both cases, the Share of Financial Expenses (SFE) in

the total cost has a positive relationship with the TFP. This model explains that with the

increase of 1in the share of financial expenses, the TFP will increase by 1.22 and 1.032

for horizontal and vertical firms, respectively. The share of financial expenses has the

highest coefficient value. This shows that the financial cost in the total cost of production

has a significant impact on the TFP. Based on the result it can be suggested to PKGI to

take more help from the scheme provided by the government of Pakistan of discounted

interest rates, rather than relying on any other expensive source of capital.

It is also obvious from the regression equation that share of fashion garments in

total production has a positive impact on TFP of horizontal and negative on vertical

firms. However, its coefficient is different (.002 and -0.005). It appears true that fashion

garments are of more value than simple garments. A higher fashion garment share in total

production means a high value addition. The regression model depicts the link between

fashion garments and the TFP. According to this model, vertical firms should produce

less fashion products to attain better productivity. There is a need of more sophisticated
Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 244

machines and highly skilled labour for fashion goods production. Nevertheless, fashion

goods production will help horizontal firms increasing TFP.

The share of U.S. market in total production has a positive impact on TFP of

vertical firms, whereas it has no relationship in the case of horizontal firms. The U.S. is

the biggest market of clothing in the world. It imports in huge quantities, whereas

Europe, which is second after the U.S., imports small quantities. Based on this pattern,

one can presume that U.S. customers take quantity discounts from suppliers. Based on

this model it can be suggested that vertical firms should not look markets other than USA

to have a better TFP.

FOB price, means the offered price of supplier in U.S. $ free on board. This

model suggests that in the case of horizontal firms there is no relationship; however,

vertical firms have an association with FOB price. The model depicts that an increase of

1 in FOB price can increase 1.025 TFP of vertical firms. Based on this discussion,

vertical firms should select products with high FOB prices.

5.9 Suggestions and Recommendations

The PKGI is not in a healthy state, as is clear from the figures discussed in

chapter four. Almost 50% of the firms have faced a loss during the period of 2000–2001.

In addition, those firms who earned a profit had a profit percentage less than the generally

applicable rate of interest paid by the banks. It is widely expected that many firms will

face bankruptcy if there are no changes in the current situation, meaning a dramatic

improvement in the TFP. Based on the outcome of this research, the following

suggestions can be made:


Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 245

1. There is no significant difference in mean value of TFP. However, the majority of

horizontal firms performed better than the vertical firms (see Tables 4.4). Based

on this test, it is recommended that there should be independent units for knitting,

dyeing, and stitching. In the same company such departments should work as

strategic business units or cost centres. Every department should enjoy full liberty

in formulating its own business strategy.

2. The clothing industry is a labour intensive industry. Labour expenses are near

10% of the total expenses (see Table 4.3). This research has proved that share of

labour expenses in total cost has a negative correlation with TFP with horizontal

and vertical firms (see Tables 4.11 and 4.12). Based on these results, it is

recommended that industry should unanimously consider production systems

where less labour is required— for example, automatic and high-speed machines,

hanger system in stitching halls, laser cutting machines, automatic laying systems,

etc. It is expected that less share of labour expenses in total production will lead to

better TFP.

3. Regression analysis provides evidence that firms relying on borrowing loans from

banks have higher TFP (see Tables 4.20 and 4.23). Pakistan provides funds to

exporters at discounted rates. This model suggests that both horizontal and

vertical firms should have more loans from banks to cover their expenses rather

than relying on market credit. Market credit is costly compared to bank charges;

particularly in the modern era when the Pakistani government offers export re-

finance loans at 50% of normal banking rates.


Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 246

4. In the case of vertical firms, the amount of sale contributes significantly to the

variance of TFP (see Table 4.23). Based on these results it is recommended to

vertical firms that they should focus on increasing their sales. Nevertheless, TFP

of horizontal firms do not have any direct and positive relationship with sales.

(see Table 4.20).

5. Data (see Table 4.3) shows that firms produce a mix of simple and fashion goods.

Table 4.20 and 4.23 show that increasing the share of fashion goods in production

has negative impact for vertical firms and positive impact on horizontal firms.

Based on this results it is recommended that horizontal firms should focus on

fashion goods. Whereas, vertical firms prefer to more basic garments. This

supports the problem associated with PKGI (Section 1.4 and 1.5), that the

manufacturing sector of PKGI is not competitive enough to face the international

competition. Horizontal firms should focus on fashion goods because fashion

goods quantities are small and these can be properly managed in small mills. But

for vertical firm it is recommended to focus basic garments instead of high

fashion garments for better TFP.

6. Table 4.23 suggests that vertical firms should focus on markets U.S. for better

TFP. This table shows that there is a positive correlation between TFP and U.S.

market share in the case of vertical firms. The U.S. is the biggest clothing

consumer in the world. However, at the same time, they do not offer a good price

as compared to Europe. European buyers purchase short runs but they offer a

good price. Based on this observation, it is suggested that vertical firms should

not change their focus from the U.S. to Europe, which is the second biggest
Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 247

importer in the world. This is mainly due to the high volumes required by the

vertical firms to meet its fixed expenses.

5.10 Limitations of the Study

There are a number of variables, which can substantially contribute to the TFP of

any firm or industry, as is the case with the PKGI. Data collection of all determinants of

the PKGI was not possible. Data related to seven determinants were collected through a

survey and from the government. There are many more influencing factors that might

have a significant impact on the TFP — for example, management style, workers‘

knowledge, skill level, and many more. Initially an attempt was made to collect such

information with the help of a structured questionnaire. However, during the pilot survey,

it was noted that people are reluctant to adequately provide such information and, in

some cases, do not have such data as workers‘ education level, etc.

As mentioned, the PKGI is exempt from filing accounts statements and annual

income tax reports. Since virtually every firm is a private limited firm that does not have

public shares, they are not bound to publish their accounts annually. Consequently, this

researcher opted to use financial data from 2000-2001 collected by the Pakistani Ministry

of Industries, and data covering seven production variables collected through a survey for

the measurement of the TFP. It was hoped this would allow the identification of factors

affecting the TFP of the PKGI. It was found during analysis that there should be

additional factors included in the analysis since the seven determinants used were

insufficient. Furthermore, after 2001, no surveys were conducted to collect financial

information from this sector.


Chapter Five: Conclusion and Recommendations 248

5.11 Further Study

The following suggestions are made for further study:

The Total Productivity model takes all tangible output and input to measure the

TFP. It is plausible that the production system of a firm is highly productive, but financial

costs or earnings on capital invested in other firms might alter its TFP. Keeping this in

mind, it is suggested that there should be another study, which would focus only on the

production process. Such a study would reveal a more accurate picture of the TFP of the

firms.

There is a need to measure productivity of vertical firms by splitting up the whole

operation (knitting, wet processing, and sewing).

In this study, many significant determinants are missing, such as management

style, workers‘ skill level, working environment, government policies, etc. It is suggested

that another study should be conducted in which additional factors would be included to

identify the significance and impact of different factors.

This research can be concluded as follows, in the words of H. James Harrington:

―Do not start an improvement process to improve customer satisfaction or employee

morale. It will do that, but the real reason you need an improvement process is to increase

profits‖.

To increase profit, one has to increase productivity.


REFRENCES 249

REFRENCES

Afzal, M. (2004). Measurement of Productivity in the Large Scale Manufacturing Sector

of Pakistan. Lahore: University of Lahore.

Ali, K. J. (1978). Labour Productivity in Iraqi Economy. Manchester: University of

Manchester Institute of Science and Technology.

Antonelli, C., & Scellato, G. (2007). Complexity and Innovation: Social Interactions and

Firm Level Total Factor Productivity [Electronic Version]. Working paper No.

09/2007, Università di Torino, from

http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=999294

APTMA. (2006). Annual Review 2004 -05. Karachi.

Ark, B. V. (1996). Issues in measurement and international comparison issues of

Productivity – an overview: OECD.

Aronson, J. H., & Skancke, S. L. (1983). White House Conference on Productivity: An

Opportunity for Change. Public Productivity Review, 7(4), 313-323.

Au, K. F. (1997). The Optimal Clothing-Factory Size: The Hong Kong Case Journal of

the Textile Institute, Vol. 88(No. 2), 158-166

Aw, B. Y., & Chen, X. (2001). Firm-level Evidence on Productivity Differentials and

Turnover in Taiwanese Manufacturing. Journal of Development Economics, 66,

51-86.
REFRENCES 250

Baier, S. L., Dwyer, G. r. P., Jr, & Tamura, R. (2002). How Important Are Capital and

Total Factor Productivity for Economic Growth? Federal Reserve, Bank of

Atlanta.

Baig, A. (2002). Your Productivity is National Prosperity. Productivity Journal, National

Productivity Organization Pakistan, 8 -9.

Baily, M. N., & Solow, R. M. (2001). International Productivity Comparisons Built from
the Firm Level. The Journal of Economic Perspectives, 15(3), 151-172.

Bernolak, I. (Ed.). (1980). The Measurement of Outputs and Capital Inputs. UK: Gower

Berenson, M. L., & Levine, D. M. (1998). Business Statistics Prentice -Hall Inc. U.S.A.

Bheda, R. (2002). Productivity of Indian Apparel Industry: Paradigms and Paragons.

Journal of Textile and Apparel Technology and Management, 2(3), 1-9.

Biesebroeck, J. V. (2007). Robustness of Productivity Estimates. Journal of Industrial

Economics, 55(3), 529–569.

Boucher, D. (1980). The Irish Experience: From success to ---. . In D. Bailey & T. Huber

(Eds.), Productivity Measurement: An International Review of Concepts,

Techniques, Programmes and Current Issues: Gower, UK.

Brinkerhoff, R. O., & Dressler, D. E. (1990). Productivity Measurement: A Guide for

Managers and Evaluators. New Delhi: Sage Publication.

Brummer, B., Glauben, T., & Thijssen, G. (2002). Decomposition of Productivity Growth

using distance Functions: the case of dairy farms in three European countries.

Amer. J. Agr. Econ, 85(3), 628-644.


REFRENCES 251

Brush, T., & Karnani, A. (1996). Impact of Plant Size and Focus on Productivity: An

Empirical Study. Management Science, 42(7), 1065 -1081

Burgess, T. F. (1990). A Review of Productivity Work Study(Jan/Feb), 1-10.

Burkett, P. (2006). Total Factor Productivity: An Ecological-Economic Critique.

Organization & Environment, 19(2), 171-190.

Buttgereit, J. (1980). Using company reports in inter -firm comparison. In B. David & H.

Tony (Eds.), Productivity Measurement: An International Review of Concepts,

Techniques, Programmes and Current Issues. UK: Gower.

Campbell, J. P., & Campbell, R. J. (1998). Introduction: What Industrial - Organizational

Psychology Has to Say about Productivity. In J. P. Campbell & R. J. Campbell

(Eds.), Productivity in Organizations: Jossey -Bass Publishers, USA.

Camus, D. (Ed.). (2007). The ONS Productivity Handbook; A Statistical Overview and

Guide. New York USA: Palgrave Macmillan.

Cardinali, R. (1998). Assessing technological productivity gains: Benson and Parker

revisited. Logistics Information Management, 11(2).

Carlaw, K. I., & Lipsey, R. G. (2003). Productivity, Technology and Economic Growth:

What is the Relationship? Journal of Economic Surveys, 17(3), 457-495.

Chan, M. W. L., Krinsky, I., & Mountain, D. C. (1989). Analysis of Productivity at the

Firm Level: An Application to Life Insurers: Comment. The Journal of Risk and

Insurance, American Risk and Insurance Association, 56(2), 336-340.


REFRENCES 252

Chapman, R. L., Murray, P. C., & Mellor, R. (1996). Strategic quality management and

financial performance Indicators. International Journal of Quality and Reliability

Management MCB University Press, 14 (4), 432-448.

Chaudhry, S. M., & Kamal, S. (2005). Introduction to Statistical Theory. Lahore: Ilmi

Kitab Khana

Chen, E. K. Y. (1997). TFP Debate: Determinant of Economic Growth in Asia. Asian

Pacific Literature, 11(1), 18-38.

Chen, L.-H., Liaw, S.-Y. C., & Yeong, S. C. (2001). Using financial factors to investigate

productivity: an empirical study in Taiwan. Industrial Management and Data

Systems, 378-379.

Cingano, F., & Schivardi, F. (2004). Identifying the Sources of Local Productivity

Growth. Journal of the European Economic Association, 2(4), 720-742.

Cororaton, C. B. (2002). Total Factor Productivity in the Philippines, DISCUSSION

PAPER SERIES. Philippine: Philippine Institute for Development Studies.

Douglas, P. H. (1976). The Cobb-Douglas Production Function Once Again: Its History,

Its Testing, and Some New Empirical Values. The Journal of Political Economy,

84(5), 903-915.

Duguet, E. (2003). Innovation height, spillovers and TFP growth at the firm level:

Evidence from French manufacturing. Economics of Innovation and New

Technology, 13 (1-2).
REFRENCES 253

Dwyer, W. D. (1996). Are some productivity measures better than other? New York:

Mercer

EANPC. (2008). What We Do. Retrieved Jan 20, 2008 from

http://www.eanpc.org/about.php

Elliott, A. C., & Woodward, W. A. (2006). Statistical Analysis Quick Reference

Guidebook: With SPSS Examples U.S.A: Sage.

Erosa, A., & Hidalgo, A. (2007). On Finance as a Theory of TFP, Cross-Industry

Productivity Differences, and Economic Rents. Toronto Canada: University of

Toronto, Department of Economics, 1-50.

Fare, R., & Zelenyuk, V. (2003). On aggregate Farrell efficiencies. European Journal of

Operational Research, 146, 615-620.

Felipe, J. (1997). Total Factor Productivity Growth in East Asia: A Critical Survey. In E.

a. D. R. Center (Ed.): Asian Development Bank Manila Philippines.

Felipe, J., & McCombie, J. S. L. (2007). Is a theory of total factor productivity really

needed? Metroeconomica, 58(1), 195-229.

Garson, G. D. (2008). Weighted Least Squares (WLS) Regression: College of

Humanities and Social Sciences, North Carolina State University.

Gebreeyesus, M. (2008). Firm turnover and productivity differentials in Ethiopian


manufacturing. Journal of Productivity Analysis, 29, 113-129.
REFRENCES 254

Gharneh, S. N. (1997). The measurement of productivity and performance in textiles: The

UK and Iran. PhD Thesis, University of Manchester Institute of Science and

Technology Manchester.

Giandrea, M. D. (2006). Industry Competition and Total Factor Productivity Growth U.S.

Bureau of Labor Statistics Office of Productivity and Technology.

Gottschalk, P. T. (1978). A Comparison of Marginal Productivity and Earnings by

Occupation Industrial and Labor Relations Review, Cornell University, School of

Industrial & Labor Relations 31(3), 368-378.

Greasley, D., & Madsen, J. B. (2006). Employment and Total Factor Productivity

Convergence. Kyklos doi:10.1111/j.1467-6435.2006.00348 59(4), 527-555.

Grosskopf, S., & Self, S. (2006). Factor Accumulation or TFP? A Reassessment of

Growth in Southeast Asia Pacific Economic Review, 11(1), 39-58.

Guthrie, W., Filliben, J., & Heckert, A. (2008). Process Modeling. In C. Croarkin & P.

Tobias (Eds.), Engineering Statistics Handbook National Institute of Standards

and Technology.

Hall, R. E., & Jones, C. I. (1999). Why Do Some Countries Produce So Much More

Output Per Worker Than Others? The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 114(1),

83-116.

Harrington, L. T. (1980). Management policies and business performance. In B. David &

H. Tony (Eds.), Productivity Measurement: An International Review of Concepts,

Techniques, Programmes and Current Issues UK: Gower.


REFRENCES 255

Harris, R., & Li, Q. C. (2007). Firm Level Empirical Study of the Contribution of

Exporting to UK Productivity Growth: UK Trade and Investment.

Hoque, Z. (2000). Industry Characteristics and Productivity Measurement Systems.

International Journal of Operation and Production Management, 20(11).

Hulten, C. R. (2000). Total Factor Productivity: A Short Biography. NBER Working

Paper No. W7471.

Humphrey, T. M. (1997). Algebraic Production Functions and Their Uses Before Cobb-

Douglas. Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Quarterly 83(1), 51-83.

Husain, I. (2002). Pakistan: The Economy of an Elitist State. Karachi: Oxford University

Press.

Husband, T. M., & Lee, S. J. (1981). Measuring Plant Level Productivity in Batch
Manufacture. Paper presented at the VI International Conference on Production
Research.

Industry Commission. (1997). Assessing Australia‘s Productivity Performance. Canberra:

AGPS

JICA. (2006). Towards a Vision: Direction o f Industrial Development in Pakistan.

Tokyo: International Development Center Japan.

Johnson, B., & Christensen, L. (2006). Educational Research Quantitative, Qualitative,

and Mixed Approaches University of South Alabama.


REFRENCES 256

Kamimura, G., Bodeutsch, G., & Gayton, C. (1999). Worker Productivity Trends in

Washington, 1977-97. In W. S. E. Security (Ed.): Labor Market and Economic

Analysis Branch

Key, N., & McBride, W. (2003). Production Contracts and Productivity in the U.S. Hog

Sector. American Journal of Agricultural Economics, 85(1), 121-133

Kolay, M. K., & Sahu, K. C. (1995). Performance measurement as a surrogate value of

organizational human resource. International Journal of Operations and

Production Management, 15(5), 40-59.

Kumbhakar, S. C., Hesmati, A., & Lennart, H. (1999). Parametric Approaches to

Productivity Measurement: A Comparative Among Alternative Models. Scan.

Journal of Economics 101(3), 405 -424.

Lasserre, P., & Ouellette, P. (1988). On Measuring and Comparing Total Factor

Productivities in Extractive and Non - Extractive Sectors. The Canadian Journal

of Economics, 21(4), 827 -833.

Lawlor, A. (1985). Productivity Improvement Manual. UK: Gower Aldershot.

Lipsey, R. G., & Carlaw, K. (2004). Total Factor Productivity and the Measurement of

Technological Change Canadian Journal of Economics, 37(4), 1118-1150.

Mahadevan, R. (2002). New currents in productivity analysis: where to now. Tokyo:

Asian Productivity Organization.


REFRENCES 257

Mahoney, T. A. (1998). Productivity Defined: The Relativity of Efficiency,

Effectiveness, and Change. In J. P. Campbell & R. J. Campbell (Eds.),

Productivity in Organizations: Jossey -Bass Publishers, USA.

Maital, S., & Vaninsky, A. (2000). Productivity Paradoxes and Their Resolution. Journal

of Productivity Analysis, 14(3), 191-207.

Majid, N. (2000). PAKISTAN: Employment, Output and Productivity. Geneva:

International Labour Office.

Malley, J., Muscatelli, A., & Woitek, U. (2003). Some new international comparisons of

productivity performance at the sect oral level. J. R. Statistic. Soc. A, 166(1), 85-

104.

Mawson, P., Carlaw, K., & McLellan, N. (2003). Productivity measurement: Alternative

approaches and estimates. New Zealand: Treasury working paper.

McKee, D. (2003). Productivity tools: ‗‗Horses for courses‘‘. Work Study, MCB UP

Limited 52(3), 138 -145.

Miller, D. M., & Rao, P. M. (1989). Analysis of Profit-Linked Total-Factor Productivity

Measurement Models at the Firm Level Management Science, 35(6), 757-767.

Mishra, S. (2007). A Brief History of Production Functions [Electronic Version], from

http://ideas.repec.org/p/pra/mprapa/5254.html

Misterek, S. D. A., Dooley, K. J., & Anderson, J. C. (1992). Productivity as a


Performance Measure. International Journal of Operations & Production
Management & Production Management, 12(1), 29-45.
REFRENCES 258

Mittal, R. (2002). The Next Wave in IT: Convergence. Paper presented at the APO

International Conference on Productivity in the e-Age, New Delhi.

Mohanty, R. P. M., & Rajput, I. (1987). Productivity Measurement in a Manufacturing


Company. International Journal of Operation and Production Management, 8(4),
65-78.

Monga, R. C. (2000). Managing Enterprise and Competitiveness Working paper PMD -3

International Labour Organization.

Murugesh, R., Devadasan, S. R., & Natarajan, R. (1997). The Adoption and modelling of

the strategic productivity management approach in manufacturing systems.

International Journal of Operations and Production Management, 17(3), 239 -

255.

Nadiri, M. I. (1970). Some Approaches to the Theory and Measurement of Total Factor

Productivity: A Survey. . Journal of Economic Literature, 8(4), 1137-1177.

National Productivity Corporation. (1999). Handbook on productivity –linked wage

system: NPC Malaysia.

Newman, C., & Matthews, A. (2006). The productivity performance of Irish dairy farms
1984–2000: a multiple output distance function approach. Journal of Productivity
Analysis, 191-205.

Nishimura, K. G., Nakajima, T., & Kiyota, K. (2005). Innovation Versus Diffusion:

Determinants of Productivity Growth Among Japanese Firms [Electronic

Version], from http://www.e.u-tokyo.ac.jp/cirje/research/dp/2005/2005cf341.pdf


REFRENCES 259

OECD. (2005). OECD Compendium of productivity indicators. From

http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/4/22/37574961.pdf

Oguchi, N. (2004). Total Factor Productivity Growth: Survey Report. Tokyo Asian

Productivity Organization.

Oyeranti, G. A. (2000). Concept and Measurement of Productivity [Electronic Version],

from www.cenbank.org/out/Publications/occasionalpapers/rd/2000/Abe-00-1.PDF

Pallant, J. (2007). SPSS Survival Manual: A Step by Step Guide to Data Analysis (3 ed.):

Berkshire UK. Open University Press.

Pallikara, R. (2004). TFP Growth: National Report of India. In Total Factor Productivity

Growth: Survey Report (pp. 52-97). Tokyo Asian Productivity Organization.

Parente, S. L., & Prescott, E. C. (1994). Barriers to Technology and Development. The

Journal of Political Economy, 102(2), 298-321.

Parsons, J. (1980). Profitability Analysis in inter -firm comparison: a new approach. In D.

Bailey & T. Huber (Eds.), Productivity Measurement: An International Review of

Concepts, Techniques, Programmes and Current Issues: Gower, UK.

Parsons, J. (2000). Productivity Measurement in the Service Sector. Paper presented at

the APO Symposium on Productivity Measurement in the Service Sector, Kuala

Lumpur, Malaysia.

Paul, M. (2003). Productivity and Efficiency Measurement in Our ―New Economy‖:

Determinants, Interactions, and Policy Relevance. Journal of Productivity

Analysis, 19(2-3), 161-177.


REFRENCES 260

PIU (Ed.). (2001). Resource Productivity. London: UK Government.

Portela, M. C. A. S., & Thanassoulis, E. (2006). Malmquist indexes using a geometric


distance function. Application to a sample of Portuguese bank branches. Journal
of Productivity Analysis, 25, 25-41.

Prescott, E. C. (1998). Needed: A Theory of Total Factor Productivity. Minneapolis:

Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, Research Department Staff Report o.242-

3, 525-551

Prokopenko, J. (Ed.). (1999). Productivity promotion organizations: evolution and

experience. Geneva: ILO.

Raa, T. T. (2005). Aggregation of Productivity Indices: The Allocative Efficiency


Correction. Journal of Productivity Analysis, 24, 203-209.

Robinson, J. (1953). The Production Function and the Theory of Capital. Economic

Studies, The Review of Economic Studies Ltd., 21(2), 81-106.

Saha, A. (1994). Computer-based Total Productivity Measurement: An Indian Chemical

Plant. Industrial Management & Data Systems, 94(7), 3-13.

Salinger, B. L. (2001). Productivity Comparative advantage and competitiveness in

Africa. Washington, D.C.: US Agency for International Development, Bureau of

Africa office of Sustainable Development.

Sargent, T. C., & Rodriguez, E. R. (2000). Labour or Total Factor Productivity: Do We

Need to Choose? Department of Finance, Canada: Economic Studies and Policy

Analysis Division.
REFRENCES 261

Savery, L. K. (1998). Management and productivity increases. Journal of Management

Development, Publisher: MCB UP Ltd 17(1), 68-74.

Schreyer, P., & Pilat, D. (2001). Measuring Productivity: OECD Economic Studies No.

33, /II.

Schmenner, R. W., & Ho, R. B. (1989). An International Comparison of Factory


Productivity. International Journal of Operation and Production Management
10(4), 16-31.

Sharpe, A. (2002). Productivity Concepts and Trends. The Review of Economic

Performance and Social Progress, 31-56.

Sheikh, A. (Ed.). (2001). Pakistan Textile Industry challenges of next millennium:

National College of Textile Engineering Faisalabad.

Siegel, A. F. (2000). Practical Business Statistics (5th ed.): McGraw-Hill

Singh, H., Motwani, J., & Kumar, A. (2000). A review and analysis of the state-of-the-art

research on productivity measurement Industrial Management & Data Systems,

100(5), 234-241.

Sink, D. S. (1985). Productivity management: Planning, Measurement and Evaluation,

Control and improvement. Canada: John Wiley and Sons.

SMEDA (Ed.). (2000). Textile Vision 2005. Lahore: Small Medium Enterprises

Development Authority.

Solow, R. M. (1957). Technical Change and the Aggregate Production Function. The

Review of Economics and Statistics, 39(3), 312-320.


REFRENCES 262

Soriano, F. A., Rao, D. S. P., & Coelli, T. (2003). On the Aggregation of Total Factor

Productivity Measures: Economic Measurement Group Workshop, University of

New South Wales.

Stainer, A. (1995). Productivity management: the Japanese experience. Management

Decision Publisher: MCB UP Ltd, 33(8), 4-12.

Stainer, A. (1997). Capital input and total productivity management. Journal:

Management Decision, MCB UP Ltd, 35(3), 224-232.

Stark, J., & Bottoms, C. (1980). Monitoring activity performance. In D. Bailey & T.

Huber (Eds.), Productivity Measurement: An International Review of Concepts,

Techniques, Programmes and Current Issues: Gower, UK.

Statsoft. (2006). Correlation and Regression. Publication:

http://www.statsoft.com/textbook/stathome.html

Sumanth, D. J. (1990). Productivity Engineering and Management. Delhi: Tata-McGraw-

Hill Edition.

Sumanth, D. J. (1998). Total Productivity Management, A systematic and quantitative

approach to compete in quality, price and time. Florida: CRC Press.

Taira, K. (1998). Productivity Assessment: Japanese Perception and Practice. In J. P.

Campbell & R. J. Campbell (Eds.), Productivity in Organizations (pp. 40-50).

U.S.A.: Jossey-Bass Publishers.

Tangen, S. (2005). Demystifying productivity and performance. International Journal of

Productivity and Performance Management, 54(1/2), 34-56.


REFRENCES 263

Thomas, B. E., & Baron, J. P. (1994). Evaluating Knowledge Worker Productivity:

Literature Review: U.S. Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratories

(USACERL)

Uri, N. D. (1984). Impact of Technical Change on the Aggregate Production Function.

Applied Economics, 16(4), 557-567.

Wilson, R. L. (1994). An Improved Goal-oriented Method for Measuring Productivity.

International Journal of Operations & Production Management, 14(1), 50-59.

Wu, S. (2002). IT Applications for Productivity Improvement in SMEs. Paper presented at

the International Conference on Productivity in the e -Age, New Delhi.

Zar, J. H. (2006). Bio statistical Analysis (4th Ed.). U.S.: Pearson.

Zeed, J., & Hagén, H.-O. (2008). Does ICT use influence firm TFP? Sweden: Statistiska

Centralbyran, A Govebment Agency


Appendices 267

Appendix 1:

Data of Horizontal Firms

TFP Sale Total Cost of % % Share of % Share of USA FOB No of


Value in Production Share of Financial Fashion Goods Market Stitching
Million in Million Labour Expenses in in Total Share US $ Machines
US $ US $ (Total Expenses in Total Cost Production (%)
(Total Input) Total Cost
Output)

1 Karachi 0.99 0.38 0.38 13.10 1.20 75.00 95.00 5.50 85


2 Karachi 0.90 0.50 0.56 14.88 3.40 50.00 100.00 3.50 120
3 Lahore 0.98 1.09 1.11 9.02 1.46 50.00 70.00 5.50 150
4 Lahore 1.03 1.53 1.49 10.65 2.91 50.00 60.00 3.50 75
5 Karachi 1.00 0.32 0.32 7.18 0.79 50.00 50.00 3.50 75
6 Faisal A 1.03 3.28 3.18 1.45 1.72 25.00 50.00 3.50 85
7 Karachi 1.08 2.97 2.75 4.07 1.03 50.00 100.00 4.50 400
8 Faisal A 1.03 0.71 0.69 10.64 3.60 50.00 25.00 4.50 85
9 Karachi 1.05 0.66 0.63 0.63 0.72 50.00 50.00 3.50 80
10 Faisal A 1.00 0.97 0.97 2.94 2.60 50.00 80.00 4.00 150
11 Karachi 1.04 1.52 1.46 4.03 0.40 25.00 60.00 4.00 100
12 Karachi 0.81 2.98 3.68 11.09 1.95 50.00 80.00 5.00 220
13 Karachi 1.01 4.98 4.93 10.30 2.20 50.00 30.00 4.50 200
14 Karachi 0.89 0.53 0.60 16.03 1.08 50.00 60.00 4.00 100
15 Karachi 1.01 1.31 1.30 2.21 0.02 50.00 50.00 4.50 150
16 Karachi 0.75 2.60 3.47 13.97 0.14 50.00 60.00 3.25 150
Appendices 268

Appendix 2

Data of Vertical Firms

TFP Sale Total Cost % % Share % Share USA FOB No of TFP


Value in of Share of of of Fashion Market Stitching
Million Production Labour Financial Goods in Share (%) US $ Machines
US $ in Million Expenses Expenses Total
(Total US $ in in Total Production
Output) (Total Total Cost Cost
Input)
1 Lahore 0.85 3.37 3.96 14.81 1.91 50.00 95.00 4.50 250

2 Faisal A 0.81 1.44 1.78 16.40 4.28 50.00 10.00 3.50 300

3 Lahore 0.99 3.93 3.97 13.56 4.35 75.00 100.00 4.00 400

4 Karachi 0.98 4.60 4.69 9.09 0.56 75.00 95.00 3.50 175

5 Karachi 1.05 2.05 1.95 3.86 2.33 40.00 90.00 3.50 225

6 Faisal A 0.93 0.68 0.73 4.72 6.62 25.00 50.00 3.50 200

7 Lahore 0.76 2.52 3.32 7.26 1.66 50.00 90.00 3.50 200

8 Lahore 0.95 0.55 0.58 9.87 2.16 50.00 50.00 3.50 125

9 Karachi 1.19 6.47 5.44 16.98 3.49 25.00 90.00 3.50 450

10 Lahore 0.94 1.48 1.57 6.50 0.50 0.00 100.00 3.00 125

11 Faisal A 1.47 0.81 0.55 11.66 13.14 25.00 50.00 4.50 200

12 Lahore 1.22 9.42 7.72 7.47 1.65 50.00 98.00 4.50 400

13 Karachi 1.02 4.70 4.61 0.67 9.41 50.00 70.00 3.50 500

14 Karachi 1.05 2.05 1.95 3.86 2.33 50.00 80.00 4.50 250

15 Lahore 0.90 1.90 2.11 13.82 8.60 50.00 90.00 4.50 250

16 Karachi 0.88 8.73 9.92 14.08 0.52 25.00 55.00 4.00 600

17 Lahore 1.05 13.18 12.55 8.82 4.80 75.00 90.00 4.00 600

18 Lahore 0.86 1.24 1.44 6.83 10.83 25.00 95.00 3.25 100

19 Karachi 1.11 0.84 0.76 5.59 3.32 25.00 40.00 3.50 200

20 Lahore 0.92 3.52 3.83 11.43 2.80 90.00 100.00 6.00 200

21 Lahore 0.93 26.83 28.85 10.39 2.44 75.00 95.00 4.50 750

22 Lahore 0.85 0.53 0.62 4.50 4.80 50.00 50.00 3.50 60

23 Lahore 0.93 9.78 10.52 10.78 4.76 75.00 70.00 4.50 400

24 Lahore 0.98 0.12 0.12 22.96 2.51 25.00 100.00 3.50 280

25 Lahore 0.90 3.12 3.47 12.61 8.01 90.00 95.00 6.50 400

26 Karachi 0.94 9.47 10.07 13.01 3.16 75.00 80.00 6.00 500

27 Lahore 1.01 6.17 6.11 11.23 3.20 75.00 90.00 5.50 400

28 Karachi 0.96 1.85 1.93 6.60 1.53 50.00 80.00 3.50 400

29 Lahore 1.07 2.08 1.94 1.77 0.16 50.00 60.00 4.00 200

30 Lahore 1.08 1.77 1.64 9.17 0.96 50.00 80.00 6.25 150

31 Karachi 0.86 1.73 2.01 9.07 3.57 50.00 90.00 3.50 150

32 Lahore 1.05 21.33 20.31 5.60 2.43 90.00 100.00 5.50 780

33 Lahore 0.72 2.05 2.85 11.71 0.34 75.00 95.00 6.50 400
Appendices 269

Appendix 3

S. No. -----

Dear Sir

Many thanks in advance for your cooperation. The purpose of this survey is to establish links
between the productivity of the firms and other factors, like, firm location, size, and market and
marketing methodology etc. We assure you that all information will be kept confidential and will
only be used for academic purpose.

Once again thanks

Yours truly,

Mushtaq Mangat
Appendices 270

Part One

Company Information

Company Name
Address

Location (distance from the city centre)

Contacts

Ph

Mobiles

Fax

E mail

Web site

Type of company: sole proprietor, partnership, private limited, public limited

Year of establishment

Any other information

Part #02

Operational capacity
Appendices 271

Q# 01

What is your per day operational capacity of the following products?


Knitting Dyeing Finishing Printing No of Stitching No of

Kgs/day Kgs/day Kgs/day Kgs/day stitching pieces (based


machines on simple polo
shirt)

Part #02

Operational capacity

Q# 01

What is your per day operational capacity of the following products?

Knitting Dyeing Finishing Printing No of Stitching

Kgs/day Kgs/day Kgs/day Kgs/day stitching No of pieces (based on


machines simple polo shirt)

Q#02

What is the origin of your different machines?

Origin Knitting Dyeing Finishing Printing Stitching Remarks

Local

EU, U.S.A,

Japan
%
Korea,

Taiwan,
China
%

Q#03
%
What are your production types and their ratios?
S# Product Type Share Remarks
1 High fashion
2 Fashion
3 Basic
Appendices 272

Q# 04

How many people are working in this organisation?

S.No Description Number of

1 On salary Employees

2 On piece rate

3 On daily basis

Q# 05

What are the qualifications of the following persons?


S. No Position Education No man for this post Remarks

1 Chief Executive

2 GM Production

3 Knitting master

4 Dyeing manager

5 Printing master

6 Stitching head

7 Head PPC

8 Head Merchandiser

9 HR manager
Appendices 273

Q# 06

Which one is your major market and also let us know the share of different markets. Where

your products are being exported?

S.NO Market Share%


1 U.S.A, Canada
2 Europe
3 Local
4 Any other

Q# 07

What is the average price of your products? U.S.

$ FOB: ----------

Q#08

How many buyers are you dealing with at a time and what was the share of direct and through
buying office sales in the last year?

Description Numbers Percentage Remarks

Number of buyers

Number of orders

Through buying office

Direct marketing

Sold to your own office

abroad

Local

Any other
Appendices 274

Q#09

Do you have certification?


S# Yes/No
ISO 9000
ISO 14000

Q#10

Share of contracted and salaried stitching operators


Descriptions Share
On salary
On piece rate

Q#11

Share of male and female workers in stitching


Descriptions Share%
Women
Men

Q#12

Do you have any formal training system for the following people?
Descriptions Yes/No
Managers
Supervisors
Workers

Q#13

Please let us know the involvement of your directors in the daily functioning.
1-Very High

2- High

3- Normal

4- No involvement

Вам также может понравиться